US20100154890A1 - Microfluidic Large Scale Integration - Google Patents

Microfluidic Large Scale Integration Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20100154890A1
US20100154890A1 US12/577,689 US57768909A US2010154890A1 US 20100154890 A1 US20100154890 A1 US 20100154890A1 US 57768909 A US57768909 A US 57768909A US 2010154890 A1 US2010154890 A1 US 2010154890A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
flow channel
flow
microfluidic
valve
control
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US12/577,689
Inventor
Sebastian J. Maerkl
Todd A. Thorsen
Xiaoyan Bao
Stephen R. Quake
Vincent Studer
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
California Institute of Technology CalTech
Original Assignee
California Institute of Technology CalTech
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by California Institute of Technology CalTech filed Critical California Institute of Technology CalTech
Priority to US12/577,689 priority Critical patent/US20100154890A1/en
Publication of US20100154890A1 publication Critical patent/US20100154890A1/en
Priority to US13/679,328 priority patent/US9714443B2/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L3/00Containers or dishes for laboratory use, e.g. laboratory glassware; Droppers
    • B01L3/50Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes
    • B01L3/502Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures
    • B01L3/5027Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip
    • B01L3/502738Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip characterised by integrated valves
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/26Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving oxidoreductase
    • C12Q1/28Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving oxidoreductase involving peroxidase
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B81MICROSTRUCTURAL TECHNOLOGY
    • B81CPROCESSES OR APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR TREATMENT OF MICROSTRUCTURAL DEVICES OR SYSTEMS
    • B81C1/00Manufacture or treatment of devices or systems in or on a substrate
    • B81C1/00015Manufacture or treatment of devices or systems in or on a substrate for manufacturing microsystems
    • B81C1/00023Manufacture or treatment of devices or systems in or on a substrate for manufacturing microsystems without movable or flexible elements
    • B81C1/00119Arrangement of basic structures like cavities or channels, e.g. suitable for microfluidic systems
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F15FLUID-PRESSURE ACTUATORS; HYDRAULICS OR PNEUMATICS IN GENERAL
    • F15CFLUID-CIRCUIT ELEMENTS PREDOMINANTLY USED FOR COMPUTING OR CONTROL PURPOSES
    • F15C5/00Manufacture of fluid circuit elements; Manufacture of assemblages of such elements integrated circuits
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16KVALVES; TAPS; COCKS; ACTUATING-FLOATS; DEVICES FOR VENTING OR AERATING
    • F16K11/00Multiple-way valves, e.g. mixing valves; Pipe fittings incorporating such valves
    • F16K11/10Multiple-way valves, e.g. mixing valves; Pipe fittings incorporating such valves with two or more closure members not moving as a unit
    • F16K11/20Multiple-way valves, e.g. mixing valves; Pipe fittings incorporating such valves with two or more closure members not moving as a unit operated by separate actuating members
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16KVALVES; TAPS; COCKS; ACTUATING-FLOATS; DEVICES FOR VENTING OR AERATING
    • F16K99/00Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • F16K99/0001Microvalves
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16KVALVES; TAPS; COCKS; ACTUATING-FLOATS; DEVICES FOR VENTING OR AERATING
    • F16K99/00Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • F16K99/0001Microvalves
    • F16K99/0003Constructional types of microvalves; Details of the cutting-off member
    • F16K99/0015Diaphragm or membrane valves
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16KVALVES; TAPS; COCKS; ACTUATING-FLOATS; DEVICES FOR VENTING OR AERATING
    • F16K99/00Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • F16K99/0001Microvalves
    • F16K99/0034Operating means specially adapted for microvalves
    • F16K99/0055Operating means specially adapted for microvalves actuated by fluids
    • F16K99/0059Operating means specially adapted for microvalves actuated by fluids actuated by a pilot fluid
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2300/00Additional constructional details
    • B01L2300/08Geometry, shape and general structure
    • B01L2300/0861Configuration of multiple channels and/or chambers in a single devices
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2300/00Additional constructional details
    • B01L2300/08Geometry, shape and general structure
    • B01L2300/0887Laminated structure
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2400/00Moving or stopping fluids
    • B01L2400/04Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means
    • B01L2400/0475Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means specific mechanical means and fluid pressure
    • B01L2400/0481Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means specific mechanical means and fluid pressure squeezing of channels or chambers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2400/00Moving or stopping fluids
    • B01L2400/06Valves, specific forms thereof
    • B01L2400/0633Valves, specific forms thereof with moving parts
    • B01L2400/0655Valves, specific forms thereof with moving parts pinch valves
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L3/00Containers or dishes for laboratory use, e.g. laboratory glassware; Droppers
    • B01L3/50Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes
    • B01L3/502Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures
    • B01L3/5025Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures for parallel transport of multiple samples
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L3/00Containers or dishes for laboratory use, e.g. laboratory glassware; Droppers
    • B01L3/50Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes
    • B01L3/502Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures
    • B01L3/5027Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip
    • B01L3/50273Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip characterised by the means or forces applied to move the fluids
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B81MICROSTRUCTURAL TECHNOLOGY
    • B81BMICROSTRUCTURAL DEVICES OR SYSTEMS, e.g. MICROMECHANICAL DEVICES
    • B81B2201/00Specific applications of microelectromechanical systems
    • B81B2201/02Sensors
    • B81B2201/0214Biosensors; Chemical sensors
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B81MICROSTRUCTURAL TECHNOLOGY
    • B81BMICROSTRUCTURAL DEVICES OR SYSTEMS, e.g. MICROMECHANICAL DEVICES
    • B81B2201/00Specific applications of microelectromechanical systems
    • B81B2201/05Microfluidics
    • B81B2201/054Microvalves
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B81MICROSTRUCTURAL TECHNOLOGY
    • B81BMICROSTRUCTURAL DEVICES OR SYSTEMS, e.g. MICROMECHANICAL DEVICES
    • B81B2201/00Specific applications of microelectromechanical systems
    • B81B2201/07Data storage devices, static or dynamic memories
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16KVALVES; TAPS; COCKS; ACTUATING-FLOATS; DEVICES FOR VENTING OR AERATING
    • F16K99/00Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • F16K2099/0073Fabrication methods specifically adapted for microvalves
    • F16K2099/0074Fabrication methods specifically adapted for microvalves using photolithography, e.g. etching
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16KVALVES; TAPS; COCKS; ACTUATING-FLOATS; DEVICES FOR VENTING OR AERATING
    • F16K99/00Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • F16K2099/0073Fabrication methods specifically adapted for microvalves
    • F16K2099/0076Fabrication methods specifically adapted for microvalves using electrical discharge machining [EDM], milling or drilling
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16KVALVES; TAPS; COCKS; ACTUATING-FLOATS; DEVICES FOR VENTING OR AERATING
    • F16K99/00Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • F16K2099/0073Fabrication methods specifically adapted for microvalves
    • F16K2099/0078Fabrication methods specifically adapted for microvalves using moulding or stamping
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16KVALVES; TAPS; COCKS; ACTUATING-FLOATS; DEVICES FOR VENTING OR AERATING
    • F16K99/00Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • F16K2099/0073Fabrication methods specifically adapted for microvalves
    • F16K2099/008Multi-layer fabrications
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16KVALVES; TAPS; COCKS; ACTUATING-FLOATS; DEVICES FOR VENTING OR AERATING
    • F16K99/00Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • F16K2099/0082Microvalves adapted for a particular use
    • F16K2099/0084Chemistry or biology, e.g. "lab-on-a-chip" technology
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16KVALVES; TAPS; COCKS; ACTUATING-FLOATS; DEVICES FOR VENTING OR AERATING
    • F16K99/00Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • F16K2099/0082Microvalves adapted for a particular use
    • F16K2099/0094Micropumps
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T137/00Fluid handling
    • Y10T137/0318Processes
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T137/00Fluid handling
    • Y10T137/0318Processes
    • Y10T137/0324With control of flow by a condition or characteristic of a fluid
    • Y10T137/0329Mixing of plural fluids of diverse characteristics or conditions
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T137/00Fluid handling
    • Y10T137/206Flow affected by fluid contact, energy field or coanda effect [e.g., pure fluid device or system]
    • Y10T137/2224Structure of body of device
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T137/00Fluid handling
    • Y10T137/8593Systems
    • Y10T137/85938Non-valved flow dividers
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T137/00Fluid handling
    • Y10T137/8593Systems
    • Y10T137/87249Multiple inlet with multiple outlet

Definitions

  • Microfluidics offers the possibility of solving similar system integration issues for biology and chemistry.
  • Unger et al., Science, 288 (5463): 113 (2000) previously presented a candidate plumbing technology that allows fabrication of chips with monolithic valves made from the silicone elastomer polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS).
  • PDMS silicone elastomer polydimethylsiloxane
  • Microfluidic systems have been used to demonstrate a diverse array of biological applications, including biomolecular separations, enzymatic assays, polymerase chain reaction (PCR), and immunohybridization reactions.
  • High-density microfluidic chips contain plumbing networks with thousands of micromechanical valves and hundreds of individually addressable chambers. These fluidic devices are analogous to electronic integrated circuits fabricated using large scale integration. A component of these networks is the fluidic multiplexor, which is a combinatorial array of binary valve patterns that exponentially increases the processing power of a network by allowing complex fluid manipulations with a minimal number of inputs. These integrated microfluidic networks can be used to construct the microfluidic analog of a comparator array and a microfluidic memory storage device resembling electronic random access memories.
  • An embodiment of a microfluidic device in accordance with the present invention comprises a microfluidic flow channel formed in a first layer, and a first microfluidic control channel formed in a second layer adjacent to the first layer, the first microfluidic control channel separated from the microfluidic flow channel by a first deflectable membrane.
  • a second microfluidic control channel is adjacent to the first microfluidic control channel and separated from the first microfluidic control channel by a second deflectable membrane.
  • An embodiment of a method in accordance with the present invention for controlling flow in a microfluidic structure comprises, applying pressure to a control channel of a first control channel network separated from an adjacent flow channel by a first membrane, such that the first membrane is deflected into the flow channel. While pressure is maintained in the first control channel network, a pressure is applied to a control channel of a second control channel network separated from the first flow channel network by a second membrane, such that the second membrane is deflected into and seals the control channel of the first control channel network. While maintaining pressure in the control channel of the second control channel network, pressure in the first control channel network is released such that the first membrane remains deflected into the flow channel.
  • An embodiment of a microfabricated structure in accordance with the present invention comprises an array of storage locations defined by a first plurality of parallel flow channels orthogonal to a second plurality of parallel flow channels.
  • a network of control lines is adjacent to the storage locations to define deflectable valves for isolating the storage locations.
  • a first multiplexor structure is configured to govern flow through the first plurality of parallel flow channels.
  • a second multiplexor structure configured to govern flow through the second plurality of parallel flow channels.
  • An embodiment of a microfabricated one-way valve in accordance with the present invention comprises a first elastomer layer comprising a vertical via portion and a seat portion, and a second elastomer layer comprising a flexible membrane.
  • the flexible membrane has an integral end and a nonintegral end, the nonintegral end in contact with the seat portion and configured to be deflected into a second vertical via portion.
  • An alternative embodiment of a microfluidic device in accordance with the present invention comprises, an elongated first flow channel, and a control channel overlapping the elongated first flow channel to define a first valve structure, the valve structure configured to deflect into the elongated first flow channel to define first and second segments of the first flow channel.
  • a second flow channel is in fluid communication with the first segment, and a third flow channel in fluid communication with the second segment.
  • An embodiment of a method in accordance with the present invention for isolating elements of heterogeneous sample comprises, flowing a sample comprising heterogeneous elements down a first elongated microfluidic flow channel.
  • a first valve overlying the first elongated flow channel is actuated to define first and second segments, such that the first segment contains a first element of the heterogeneous sample and the second segment contains a second element of the heterogeneous sample.
  • An alternative embodiment of a microfluidic device in accordance with the present invention comprises, a selectively-addressable storage location defined within elastomer material.
  • a first flow channel is in selective fluid communication with the storage location through a valve.
  • a second flow channel is in selective fluid communication with the storage location through a second valve.
  • An embodiment of a method in accordance with the present invention for selectively storing and recovering a material in a microfluidic device comprises, providing a chamber defined within an elastomer material. A material is selectively flowed into the chamber through a first valve in a first flow channel, and the material is selectively flowed from the chamber through a second valve in a second flow channel.
  • FIG. 1 is an illustration of a first elastomeric layer formed on top of a micromachined mold.
  • FIG. 2 is an illustration of a second elastomeric layer fanned on top of a micromachined mold.
  • FIG. 3 is an illustration of the elastomeric layer of FIG. 2 removed from the micromachined mold and positioned over the top of the elastomeric layer of FIG. 1
  • FIG. 4 is an illustration corresponding to FIG. 3 , but showing the second elastomeric layer positioned on top of the first elastomeric layer.
  • FIG. 5 is an illustration corresponding to FIG. 4 , but showing the first and second elastomeric layers bonded together.
  • FIG. 6 is an illustration corresponding to FIG. 5 , but showing the first micromachined mold removed and a planar substrate positioned in its place.
  • FIG. 7A is an illustration corresponding to FIG. 6 , but showing the elastomeric structure sealed onto the planar substrate.
  • FIG. 7B is a front sectional view corresponding to FIG. 7A , showing an open flow channel.
  • FIGS. 7C-7G are illustrations showing steps of a method for forming an elastomeric structure having a membrane formed from a separate elastomeric layer.
  • FIG. 7H is a front sectional view showing the valve of FIG. 7B in an actuated state.
  • FIGS. 8A and 8B illustrates valve opening vs. applied pressure for various flow channels.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates time response of a 100 ⁇ m ⁇ 100 ⁇ m ⁇ 10 ⁇ m RTV microvalve.
  • FIG. 10 is a front sectional view of the valve of FIG. 7B showing actuation of the membrane.
  • FIG. 11 is a front sectional view of an alternative embodiment of a valve having a flow channel with a curved upper surface.
  • FIG. 12A is a top schematic view of an on/off valve.
  • FIG. 12B is a sectional elevation view along line 23 B- 23 B in FIG. 12A
  • FIG. 13A is a top schematic view of a peristaltic pumping system.
  • FIG. 13B is a sectional elevation view along line 24 B- 24 B in FIG. 13A
  • FIG. 14 is a graph showing experimentally achieved pumping rates vs. frequency for an embodiment of the peristaltic pumping system of FIG. 13 .
  • FIG. 15A is a top schematic view of one control line actuating multiple flow lines simultaneously.
  • FIG. 15B is a sectional elevation view along line 26 B- 26 B in FIG. 15A
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic illustration of a multiplexed system adapted to permit flow through various channels.
  • FIGS. 17A-D show plan views of one embodiment of a switchable flow array.
  • FIGS. 18A-D show plan views of one embodiment of a cell pen array structure.
  • FIG. 19A shows a simplified plan view illustrating a binary tree microfluidic multiplexor operational diagram.
  • FIG. 19B shows a simplified plan view illustrating a tertiary tree microfluidic multiplexor operational diagram.
  • FIG. 20 shows a simplified cross-sectional view of the general microfluidic architecture of the devices of FIGS. 19A-B .
  • FIG. 21 shows a simplified plan view of an embodiment of a microfluidic structure utilizing control channels to control other control channels.
  • FIG. 21A shows a simplified cross-sectional view of the structure of FIG. 21 taken along the line 21 A- 21 A′
  • FIG. 21B shows a simplified cross-sectional view of the structure of FIG. 21 taken along the line 21 B- 21 B′.
  • FIG. 22 shows a simplified cross-sectional view of the general microfluidic architecture of the device of FIGS. 21-21B .
  • FIG. 23 shows a simplified plan view of an alternative embodiment of a microfluidic structure utilizing control channels to control other control channels.
  • FIG. 23A shows a simplified cross-sectional view of the structure of FIG. 23 taken along the line 23 A- 23 N.
  • FIG. 23B shows a simplified cross-sectional view of the structure of FIG. 23 taken along the line 23 B- 23 B′.
  • FIG. 24 shows a simplified cross-sectional view of the general microfluidic architecture of the device of FIGS. 23-23B .
  • FIG. 25 shows a simplified cross-sectional view of the general microfluidic architecture of another embodiment of a device utilizing control over control lines by other control lines.
  • FIG. 26 shows a simplified plan view of one embodiment of an inverse multiplexor structure in accordance with the present invention.
  • FIG. 27 shows a simplified plan view of one embodiment of a cascaded multiplexor structure in accordance with the present invention.
  • FIG. 28 shows a simplified plan view of an embodiment of a modified multiplexor in accordance with the present invention.
  • FIG. 29A shows an optical micrograph of a microfluidic memory storage device.
  • FIG. 29B is a simplified and enlarged plan view showing purging mechanics for a single chamber within a selected row of the chip shown in FIG. 29A .
  • FIGS. 29C-F are simplified enlarged views of the array of FIG. 29A showing loading and purging of an individual storage location.
  • FIG. 29G shows a demonstration of microfluidic memory display.
  • FIG. 30A shows an optical micrograph of a microfluidic comparator chip.
  • FIG. 30B is a simplified schematic view of the microfluidic comparator chip of FIG. 30A .
  • FIGS. 30C-H are enlarged simplified plan views showing loading of the chamber of the microfluidic structure of FIG. 30A .
  • FIGS. 31A-D are a set of optical micrographs showing a portion of the comparator in action.
  • FIG. 32A shows a schematic diagram of the microfluidic comparator logic using and enzyme and fluorogenic substrate.
  • FIG. 32B shows a scanned fluorescence image of the chip in comparator mode.
  • FIG. 32C shows a ⁇ HTS comparator and the effect of heterogeneous mixture of eGFP expressing control cells and CCP expressing cells on output signal.
  • FIG. 33 plots the number of control lines versus the number of flow lines being controlled, for various base n multiplexer structures.
  • FIGS. 34A-C show simplified cross-sectional views illustrating structure and operation of an embodiment of a vertical one-way valve in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIGS. 35A-D show simplified cross-sectional views illustrating structure and operation of one pixel of a microfluidic display device in accordance with the present invention.
  • FIG. 36 shows a plan view of one embodiment of a display simplified cross-sectional views illustrating structure and operation of one pixel of a display device in accordance with the present invention.
  • Exemplary methods of fabricating the present invention are provided herein. It is to be understood that the present invention is not limited to fabrication by one or the other of these methods. Rather, other suitable methods of fabricating the present microstructures, including modifying the present methods, are also contemplated.
  • FIGS. 1 to 7B illustrate sequential steps of a first preferred method of fabricating the present microstructure, (which may be used as a pump or valve).
  • FIGS. 8 to 18 illustrate sequential steps of a second preferred method of fabricating the present microstructure, (which also may be used as a pump or valve).
  • each layer of elastomer may be cured “in place”.
  • channel refers to a recess in the elastomeric structure which can contain a flow of fluid or gas.
  • Micro-machined mold 10 may be fabricated by a number of conventional silicon processing methods, including but not limited to photolithography, ion-milling, and electron beam lithography.
  • micro-machined mold 10 has a raised line or protrusion 11 extending therealong.
  • a first elastomeric layer 20 is cast on top of mold 10 such that a first recess 21 will be formed in the bottom surface of elastomeric layer 20 , (recess 22 corresponding in dimension to protrusion 11 ), as shown.
  • a second micro-machined mold 12 having a raised protrusion 13 extending therealong is also provided.
  • a second elastomeric layer 22 is cast on top of mold 12 , as shown, such that a recess 23 will be formed in its bottom surface corresponding to the dimensions of protrusion 13 .
  • second elastomeric layer 22 is then removed from mold 12 and placed on top of first elastomeric layer 20 .
  • recess 23 extending along the bottom surface of second elastomeric layer 22 will form a flow channel 32 .
  • the separate first and second elastomeric layers 20 and 22 are then bonded together to form an integrated (i.e.: monolithic) elastomeric structure 24 .
  • elastomeric structure 24 is then removed from mold 10 and positioned on top of a planar substrate 14 .
  • recess 21 will form a flow channel 30 .
  • the present elastomeric structures form a reversible hermetic seal with nearly any smooth planar substrate.
  • An advantage to forming a seal this way is that the elastomeric structures may be peeled up, washed, and re-used.
  • planar substrate 14 is glass.
  • a further advantage of using glass is that glass is transparent, allowing optical interrogation of elastomer channels and reservoirs.
  • the elastomeric structure may be bonded onto a flat elastomer layer by the same method as described above, forming a permanent and high-strength bond. This may prove advantageous when higher back pressures are used.
  • flow channels 30 and 32 are preferably disposed at an angle to one another with a small membrane 25 of substrate 24 separating the top of flow channel 30 from the bottom of flow channel 32 .
  • planar substrate 14 is glass.
  • An advantage of using glass is that the present elastomeric structures may be peeled up, washed and reused.
  • a further advantage of using glass is that optical sensing may be employed.
  • planar substrate 14 may be an elastomer itself, which may prove advantageous when higher back pressures are used.
  • the method of fabrication just described may be varied to form a structure having a membrane composed of an elastomeric material different than that forming the walls of the channels of the device. This variant fabrication method is illustrated in FIGS. 7C-7G .
  • a first micro-machined mold 10 is provided.
  • Micro-machined mold 10 has a raised line or protrusion 11 extending therealong.
  • first elastomeric layer 20 is cast on top of first micro-machined mold 10 such that the top of the first elastomeric layer 20 is flush with the top of raised line or protrusion 11 . This may be accomplished by carefully controlling the volume of elastomeric material spun onto mold 10 relative to the known height of raised line 11 . Alternatively, the desired shape could be formed by injection molding.
  • second micro-machined mold 12 having a raised protrusion 13 extending therealong is also provided.
  • Second elastomeric layer 22 is cast on top of second mold 12 as shown, such that recess 23 is formed in its bottom surface corresponding to the dimensions of protrusion 13 .
  • second elastomeric layer 22 is removed from mold 12 and placed on top of third elastomeric layer 222 .
  • Second elastomeric layer 22 is bonded to third elastomeric layer 20 to form integral elastomeric block 224 using techniques described in detail below.
  • recess 23 formerly occupied by raised line 13 will form flow channel 23 .
  • elastomeric block 224 is placed on top of first micro-machined mold 10 and first elastomeric layer 20 . Elastomeric block and first elastomeric layer 20 are then bonded together to form an integrated (i.e.: monolithic) elastomeric structure 24 having a membrane composed of a separate elastomeric layer 222 .
  • the variant fabrication method illustrated above in conjunction with FIGS. 7C-7G offers the advantage of permitting the membrane portion to be composed of a separate material than the elastomeric material of the remainder of the structure. This is important because the thickness and elastic properties of the membrane play a key role in operation of the device. Moreover, this method allows the separate elastomer layer to readily be subjected to conditioning prior to incorporation into the elastomer structure. As discussed in detail below, examples of potentially desirable condition include the introduction of magnetic or electrically conducting species to permit actuation of the membrane, and/or the introduction of dopant into the membrane in order to alter its elasticity.
  • a shaped layer of elastomeric material could be formed by laser cutting or injection molding, or by methods utilizing chemical etching and/or sacrificial materials as discussed below in conjunction with the second exemplary method.
  • An alternative method fabricates a patterned elastomer structure utilizing development of photoresist encapsulated within elastomer material.
  • the methods in accordance with the present invention are not limited to utilizing photoresist.
  • Other materials such as metals could also serve as sacrificial materials to be removed selective to the surrounding elastomer material, and the method would remain within the scope of the present invention.
  • gold metal may be etched selective to RTV 615 elastomer utilizing the appropriate chemical mixture.
  • Microfabricated refers to the size of features of an elastomeric structure fabricated in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • variation in at least one dimension of microfabricated structures is controlled to the micron level, with at least one dimension being microscopic (i.e. below 1000 ⁇ m).
  • Microfabrication typically involves semiconductor or MEMS fabrication techniques such as photolithography and spincoating that are designed for to produce feature dimensions on the microscopic level, with at least some of the dimension of the microfabricated structure requiring a microscope to reasonably resolve/image the structure.
  • flow channels 30 , 32 , 60 and 62 preferably have width-to-depth ratios of about 10:1.
  • a non-exclusive list of other ranges of width-to-depth ratios in accordance with embodiments of the present invention is 0.1:1 to 100:1, more preferably 1:1 to 50:1, more preferably 2:1 to 20:1, and most preferably 3:1 to 15:1.
  • flow channels 30 , 32 , 60 and 62 have widths of about 1 to 1000 microns.
  • a non-exclusive list of other ranges of widths of flow channels in accordance with embodiments of the present invention is 0.01 to 1000 microns, more preferably 0.05 to 1000 microns, more preferably 0.2 to 500 microns, more preferably 1 to 250 microns, and most preferably 10 to 200 microns.
  • Exemplary channel widths include 0.1 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, 2 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ M, 20 ⁇ m, 30 ⁇ m, 40 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 60 ⁇ m, 70 ⁇ m, 80 ⁇ m, 90 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 110 ⁇ m, 120 ⁇ m, 130 ⁇ m, 140 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m, 160 ⁇ m, 170 ⁇ m, 180 ⁇ m, 190 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 210 ⁇ m, 220 ⁇ M, 230 ⁇ m, 240 ⁇ m, and 250 ⁇ m.
  • Flow channels 30 , 32 , 60 , and 62 have depths of about 1 to 100 microns.
  • a non-exclusive list of other ranges of depths of flow channels in accordance with embodiments of the present invention is 0.01 to 1000 microns, more preferably 0.05 to 500 microns, more preferably 0.2 to 250 microns, and more preferably 1 to 100 microns, more preferably 2 to 20 microns, and most preferably 5 to 10 microns.
  • Exemplary channel depths include including 0.01 ⁇ m, 0.02 ⁇ m, 0.05 ⁇ m, 0.1 ⁇ m, 0.2 ⁇ m, 0.5 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, 2 ⁇ m, 3 ⁇ m, 4 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ m, 7.5 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 12.5 ⁇ m, 15 ⁇ m, 17.5 ⁇ m, 20 ⁇ m, 22.5 ⁇ m, 25 ⁇ m, 30 ⁇ m, 40 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 75 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, and 250 ⁇ m.
  • the flow channels are not limited to these specific dimension ranges and examples given above, and may vary in width in order to affect the magnitude of force required to deflect the membrane as discussed at length below in conjunction with FIG. 27 .
  • extremely narrow flow channels having a width on the order of 0.01 ⁇ m may be useful in optical and other applications, as discussed in detail below.
  • Elastomeric structures which include portions having channels of even greater width than described above are also contemplated by the present invention, and examples of applications of utilizing such wider flow channels include fluid reservoir and mixing channel structures.
  • the Elastomeric layers may be cast thick for mechanical stability.
  • elastomeric layer 22 of FIG. 1 is 50 microns to several centimeters thick, and more preferably approximately 4 mm thick.
  • a non-exclusive list of ranges of thickness of the elastomer layer in accordance with other embodiments of the present invention is between about 0.1 micron to 10 cm, 1 micron to 5 cm, 10 microns to 2 cm, 100 microns to 10 mm.
  • membrane 25 of FIG. 7B separating flow channels 30 and 32 has a typical thickness of between about 0.01 and 1000 microns, more preferably 0.05 to 500 microns, more preferably 0.2 to 250, more preferably 1 to 100 microns, more preferably 2 to 50 microns, and most preferably 5 to 40 microns.
  • the thickness of elastomeric layer 22 is about 100 times the thickness of elastomeric layer 20 .
  • Exemplary membrane thicknesses include 0.01 ⁇ m, 0.02 ⁇ m, 0.03 ⁇ m, 0.05 ⁇ m, 0.1 ⁇ m, 0.2 ⁇ m, 0.3 ⁇ m, 0.5 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, 2 ⁇ m, 3 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ m, 7.5 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ M, 12.5 ⁇ m, 15 ⁇ m, 17.5 ⁇ m, 20 ⁇ m, 22.5 ⁇ m, 25 ⁇ m, 30 ⁇ m, 40 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 75 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 250 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 400 ⁇ m, 500 ⁇ m, 750 ⁇ m, and 1000 ⁇ m.
  • elastomeric layers are bonded together chemically, using chemistry that is intrinsic to the polymers comprising the patterned elastomer layers.
  • the bonding comprises two component “addition cure” bonding.
  • the various layers of elastomer are bound together in a heterogenous bonding in which the layers have a different chemistry.
  • a homogenous bonding may be used in which all layers would be of the same chemistry.
  • the respective elastomer layers may optionally be glued together by an adhesive instead.
  • the elastomeric layers may be thermoset elastomers bonded together by heating.
  • the elastomeric layers are composed of the same elastomer material, with the same chemical entity in one layer reacting with the same chemical entity in the other layer to bond the layers together.
  • bonding between polymer chains of like elastomer layers may result from activation of a crosslinking agent due to light, heat, or chemical reaction with a separate chemical species.
  • the elastomeric layers are composed of different elastomeric materials, with a first chemical entity in one layer reacting with a second chemical entity in another layer.
  • the bonding process used to bind respective elastomeric layers together may comprise bonding together two layers of RTV 615 silicone.
  • RTV 615 silicone is a two-part addition-cure silicone rubber. Part A contains vinyl groups and catalyst; part B contains silicon hydride (Si—H) groups. The conventional ratio for RTV 615 is 10A:1B.
  • one layer may be made with 30A:1B (i.e. excess vinyl groups) and the other with 3A:1B (i.e. excess Si—H groups).
  • Each layer is cured separately. When the two layers are brought into contact and heated at elevated temperature, they bond irreversibly forming a monolithic elastomeric substrate.
  • elastomeric structures are formed utilizing Sylgard 182, 184 or 186, or aliphatic urethane diacrylates such as (but not limited to) Ebecryl 270 or Irr 245 from UCB Chemical.
  • two-layer elastomeric structures were fabricated from pure acrylated Urethane Ebe 270.
  • a thin bottom layer was spin coated at 8000 rpm for 15 seconds at 170° C.
  • the top and bottom layers were initially cured under ultraviolet light for 10 minutes under nitrogen utilizing a Model ELC 500 device manufactured by Electrolite corporation.
  • the assembled layers were then cured for an additional 30 minutes. Reaction was catalyzed by a 0.5% vol/vol mixture of Irgacure 500 manufactured by Ciba-Geigy Chemicals.
  • the resulting elastomeric material exhibited moderate elasticity and adhesion to glass.
  • two-layer elastomeric structures were fabricated from a combination of 25% Ebe 270/50% Irr245/25% isopropyl alcohol for a thin bottom layer, and pure acrylated Urethane Ebe 270 as a top layer.
  • the thin bottom layer was initially cured for 5 min, and the top layer initially cured for 10 minutes, under ultraviolet light under nitrogen utilizing a Model ELC 500 device manufactured by Electrolite corporation.
  • the assembled layers were then cured for an additional 30 minutes. Reaction was catalyzed by a 0.5% vol/vol mixture of Irgacure 500 manufactured by Ciba-Geigy Chemicals.
  • the resulting elastomeric material exhibited moderate elasticity and adhered to glass.
  • bonding methods including activating the elastomer surface, for example by plasma exposure, so that the elastomer layers/substrate will bond when placed in contact.
  • activating the elastomer surface for example by plasma exposure
  • elastomer layers/substrate will bond when placed in contact.
  • one possible approach to bonding together elastomer layers composed of the same material is set forth by Duffy et al, “Rapid Prototyping of Microfluidic Systems in Poly(dimethylsiloxane)”, Analytical Chemistry (1998), 70, 4974-4984, incorporated herein by reference. This paper discusses that exposing polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) layers to oxygen plasma causes oxidation of the surface, with irreversible bonding occurring when the two oxidized layers are placed into contact.
  • PDMS polydimethylsiloxane
  • Yet another approach to bonding together successive layers of elastomer is to utilize the adhesive properties of uncured elastomer. Specifically, a thin layer of uncured elastomer such as RTV 615 is applied on top of a first cured elastomeric layer. Next, a second cured elastomeric layer is placed on top of the uncured elastomeric layer. The thin middle layer of uncured elastomer is then cured to produce a monolithic elastomeric structure. Alternatively, uncured elastomer can be applied to the bottom of a first cured elastomer layer, with the first cured elastomer layer placed on top of a second cured elastomer layer. Curing the middle thin elastomer layer again results in formation of a monolithic elastomeric structure.
  • a thin layer of uncured elastomer such as RTV 615 is applied on top of a first cured elastomeric layer.
  • bonding of successive elastomeric layers may be accomplished by pouring uncured elastomer over a previously cured elastomeric layer and any sacrificial material patterned thereupon. Bonding between elastomer layers occurs due to interpenetration and reaction of the polymer chains of an uncured elastomer layer with the polymer chains of a cured elastomer layer. Subsequent curing of the elastomeric layer will create a bond between the elastomeric layers and create a monolithic elastomeric structure.
  • first elastomeric layer 20 may be created by spin-coating an RTV mixture on microfabricated mold 12 at 2000 rpm's for 30 seconds yielding a thickness of approximately 40 microns.
  • Second elastomeric layer 22 may be created by spin-coating an RTV mixture on microfabricated mold 11 . Both layers 20 and 22 may be separately baked or cured at about 80° C. for 1.5 hours. The second elastomeric layer 22 may be bonded onto first elastomeric layer 20 at about 80° C. for about 1.5 hours.
  • Micromachined molds 10 and 12 may be patterned photoresist on silicon wafers.
  • a Shipley SJR 5740 photoresist was spun at 2000 rpm patterned with a high resolution transparency film as a mask and then developed yielding an inverse channel of approximately 10 microns in height. When baked at approximately 200° C. for about 30 minutes, the photoresist reflows and the inverse channels become rounded.
  • the molds may be treated with trimethylchlorosilane (TMCS) vapor for about a minute before each use in order to prevent adhesion of silicone rubber.
  • TMCS trimethylchlorosilane
  • elastomers in general as polymers existing at a temperature between their glass transition temperature and liquefaction temperature.
  • Elastomeric materials exhibit elastic properties because the polymer chains readily undergo torsional motion to permit uncoiling of the backbone chains in response to a force, with the backbone chains recoiling to assume the prior shape in the absence of the force.
  • elastomers deform when force is applied, but then return to their original shape when the force is removed.
  • the elasticity exhibited by elastomeric materials may be characterized by a Young's modulus.
  • Elastomeric materials having a Young's modulus of between about 1 Pa-1 TPa, more preferably between about 10 Pa-100 GPa, more preferably between about 20 Pa-1 GPa, more preferably between about 50 Pa-10 MPa, and more preferably between about 100 Pa-1 MPa are useful in accordance with the present invention, although elastomeric materials having a Young's modulus outside of these ranges could also be utilized depending upon the needs of a particular application.
  • the systems of the present invention may be fabricated from a wide variety of elastomers.
  • the elastomeric layers may preferably be fabricated from silicone rubber.
  • other suitable elastomers may also be used.
  • the present systems are fabricated from an elastomeric polymer such as GE RTV 615 (formulation), a vinyl-silane crosslinked (type) silicone elastomer (family).
  • an elastomeric polymer such as GE RTV 615 (formulation), a vinyl-silane crosslinked (type) silicone elastomer (family).
  • the present systems are not limited to this one formulation, type or even this family of polymer; rather, nearly any elastomeric polymer is suitable.
  • An important requirement for the preferred method of fabrication of the present microvalves is the ability to bond multiple layers of elastomers together. In the case of multilayer soft lithography, layers of elastomer are cured separately and then bonded together. This scheme requires that cured layers possess sufficient reactivity to bond together. Either the layers may be of the same type, and are capable of bonding to themselves, or they may be of two different types, and are capable of bonding to each other. Other possibilities include the use an adhesive between layers and the use
  • elastomeric polymers There are many, many types of elastomeric polymers. A brief description of the most common classes of elastomers is presented here, with the intent of showing that even with relatively “standard” polymers, many possibilities for bonding exist. Common elastomeric polymers include polyisoprene, polybutadiene, polychloroprene, polyisobutylene, poly(styrene-butadiene-styrene), the polyurethanes, and silicones.
  • Polyisoprene, polybutadiene, and polychloroprene are all polymerized from diene monomers, and therefore have one double bond per monomer when polymerized.
  • This double bond allows the polymers to be converted to elastomers by vulcanization (essentially, sulfur is used to form crosslinks between the double bonds by heating). This would easily allow homogeneous multilayer soft lithography by incomplete vulcanization of the layers to be bonded; photoresist encapsulation would be possible by a similar mechanism.
  • Pure Polyisobutylene has no double bonds, but is crosslinked to use as an elastomer by including a small amount ( ⁇ 1%) of isoprene in the polymerization.
  • the isoprene monomers give pendant double bonds on the Polyisobutylene backbone, which may then be vulcanized as above.
  • Poly(styrene-butadiene-styrene) is produced by living anionic polymerization (that is, there is no natural chain-terminating step in the reaction), so “live” polymer ends can exist in the cured polymer. This makes it a natural candidate for the present photoresist encapsulation system (where there will be plenty of unreacted monomer in the liquid layer poured on top of the cured layer). Incomplete curing would allow homogeneous multilayer soft lithography (A to A bonding). The chemistry also facilitates making one layer with extra butadiene (“A”) and coupling agent and the other layer (“B”) with a butadiene deficit (for heterogeneous multilayer soft lithography). SBS is a “thermoset elastomer”, meaning that above a certain temperature it melts and becomes plastic (as opposed to elastic); reducing the temperature yields the elastomer again. Thus, layers can be bonded together by heating.
  • Polyurethanes are produced from di-isocyanates (A-A) and di-alcohols or di-amines (B-B); since there are a large variety of di-isocyanates and di-alcohols/amines, the number of different types of polyurethanes is huge.
  • the A vs. B nature of the polymers would make them useful for heterogeneous multilayer soft lithography just as RTV 615 is: by using excess A-A in one layer and excess B-B in the other layer.
  • Silicone polymers probably have the greatest structural variety, and almost certainly have the greatest number of commercially available formulations.
  • the vinyl-to-(Si—H) crosslinking of RTV 615 (which allows both heterogeneous multilayer soft lithography and photoresist encapsulation) has already been discussed, but this is only one of several crosslinking methods used in silicone polymer chemistry.
  • FIGS. 7B and 7H together show the closing of a first flow channel by pressurizing a second flow channel, with FIG. 7B (a front sectional view cutting through flow channel 32 in corresponding FIG. 7A ), showing an open first flow channel 30 ; with FIG. 7H showing first flow channel 30 closed by pressurization of the second flow channel 32 .
  • first flow channel 30 and second flow channel 32 are shown.
  • Membrane 25 separates the flow channels, forming the top of first flow channel 30 and the bottom of second flow channel 32 . As can be seen, flow channel 30 is “open”.
  • pressurization of flow channel 32 causes membrane 25 to deflect downward, thereby pinching off flow F passing through flow channel 30 .
  • a linearly actuable valving system is provided such that flow channel 30 can be opened or closed by moving membrane 25 as desired.
  • channel 30 in FIG. 7G is shown in a “mostly closed” position, rather than a “fully closed” position).
  • Such dead volumes and areas consumed by the moving membrane are approximately two orders of magnitude smaller than known conventional microvalves.
  • valves and switching valves are contemplated in the present invention, and a non-exclusive list of ranges of dead volume includes 1 aL to 1 uL, 100 aL to 100 nL, 1 fL to 10 nL, 100 fL to 1 nL, and 1 pL to 100 pL.
  • the extremely small volumes capable of being delivered by pumps and valves in accordance with the present invention represent a substantial advantage. Specifically, the smallest known volumes of fluid capable of being manually metered is around 0.1 ⁇ l. The smallest known volumes capable of being metered by automated systems is about ten-times larger (1 ⁇ l). Utilizing pumps and valves in accordance with the present invention, volumes of liquid of 10 nl or smaller can routinely be metered and dispensed. The accurate metering of extremely small volumes of fluid enabled by the present invention would be extremely valuable in a large number of biological applications, including diagnostic tests and assays.
  • Equation 1 represents a highly simplified mathematical model of deflection of a rectangular, linear, elastic, isotropic plate of uniform thickness by an applied pressure:
  • deflection of an elastomeric membrane in response to a pressure will be a function of: the length, width, and thickness of the membrane, the flexibility of the membrane (Young's modulus), and the applied actuation force. Because each of these parameters will vary widely depending upon the actual dimensions and physical composition of a particular elastomeric device in accordance with the present invention, a wide range of membrane thicknesses and elasticity's, channel widths, and actuation forces are contemplated by the present invention.
  • FIGS. 8A and 8B illustrate valve opening vs. applied pressure for a 100 ⁇ m wide first flow channel 30 and a 50 ⁇ m wide second flow channel 32 .
  • the membrane of this device was formed by a layer of General Electric Silicones RTV 615 having a thickness of approximately 30 ⁇ m and a Young's modulus of approximately 750 kPa.
  • FIGS. 21 a and 21 b show the extent of opening of the valve to be substantially linear over most of the range of applied pressures.
  • Air pressure was applied to actuate the membrane of the device through a 10 cm long piece of plastic tubing having an outer diameter of 0.025′′ connected to a 25 mm piece of stainless steel hypodermic tubing with an outer diameter of 0.025′′ and an inner diameter of 0.013′′. This tubing was placed into contact with the control channel by insertion into the elastomeric block in a direction normal to the control channel. Air pressure was applied to the hypodermic tubing from an external LHDA miniature solenoid valve manufactured by Lee Co.
  • air is compressible, and thus experiences some finite delay between the time of application of pressure by the external solenoid valve and the time that this pressure is experienced by the membrane.
  • pressure could be applied from an external source to a noncompressible fluid such as water or hydraulic oils, resulting in a near-instantaneous transfer of applied pressure to the membrane.
  • a noncompressible fluid such as water or hydraulic oils
  • higher viscosity of a control fluid may contribute to delay in actuation.
  • the optimal medium for transferring pressure will therefore depend upon the particular application and device configuration, and both gaseous and liquid media are contemplated by the invention.
  • external applied pressure as described above has been applied by a pump/tank system through a pressure regulator and external miniature valve
  • other methods of applying external pressure are also contemplated in the present invention, including gas tanks, compressors, piston systems, and columns of liquid.
  • naturally occurring pressure sources such as may be found inside living organisms, such as blood pressure, gastric pressure, the pressure present in the cerebrospinal fluid, pressure present in the intra-ocular space, and the pressure exerted by muscles during normal flexure.
  • Other methods of regulating external pressure are also contemplated, such as miniature valves, pumps, macroscopic peristaltic pumps, pinch valves, and other types of fluid regulating equipment such as is known in the art.
  • valves in accordance with embodiments of the present invention have been experimentally shown to be almost perfectly linear over a large portion of its range of travel, with minimal hysteresis. Accordingly, the present valves are ideally suited for microfluidic metering and fluid control.
  • the linearity of the valve response demonstrates that the individual valves are well modeled as Hooke's Law springs.
  • high pressures in the flow channel i.e.: back pressure
  • back pressure can be countered simply by increasing the actuation pressure.
  • the present inventors have achieved valve closure at back pressures of 70 kPa, but higher pressures are also contemplated.
  • valves and pumps do not require linear actuation to open and close, linear response does allow valves to more easily be used as metering devices.
  • the opening of the valve is used to control flow rate by being partially actuated to a known degree of closure.
  • Linear valve actuation makes it easier to determine the amount of actuation force required to close the valve to a desired degree of closure.
  • Another benefit of linear actuation is that the force required for valve actuation may be easily determined from the pressure in the flow channel. If actuation is linear, increased pressure in the flow channel may be countered by adding the same pressure (force per unit area) to the actuated portion of the valve.
  • Linearity of a valve depends on the structure, composition, and method of actuation of the valve structure. Furthermore, whether linearity is a desirable characteristic in a valve depends on the application. Therefore, both linearly and non-linearly actuable valves are contemplated in the present invention, and the pressure ranges over which a valve is linearly actuable will vary with the specific embodiment.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates time response (i.e.: closure of valve as a function of time in response to a change in applied pressure) of a 100 ⁇ m ⁇ 100 ⁇ m ⁇ 10 ⁇ m RTV microvalve with 10-cm-long air tubing connected from the chip to a pneumatic valve as described above.
  • FIG. 9 Two periods of digital control signal, actual air pressure at the end of the tubing and valve opening are shown in FIG. 9 .
  • the pressure applied on the control line is 100 kPa, which is substantially higher than the ⁇ 40 kPa required to close the valve.
  • the valve is pushed closed with a pressure 60 kPa greater than required.
  • the valve is driven back to its rest position only by its own spring force ( ⁇ 40 kPa).
  • ⁇ close is expected to be smaller than ⁇ open.
  • the spring constant can be adjusted by changing the membrane thickness; this allows optimization for either fast opening or fast closing.
  • the spring constant could also be adjusted by changing the elasticity (Young's modulus) of the membrane, as is possible by introducing dopant into the membrane or by utilizing a different elastomeric material to serve as the membrane (described above in conjunction with FIGS. 7C-7H .)
  • the valve opening was measured by fluorescence.
  • the flow channel was filled with a solution of fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC) in buffer (pH ⁇ 8) and the fluorescence of a square area occupying the center ⁇ 1 ⁇ 3rd of the channel is monitored on an epi-fluorescence microscope with a photomultiplier tube with a 10 kHz bandwidth.
  • the pressure was monitored with a Wheatstone-bridge pressure sensor (SenSym SCC15GD2) pressurized simultaneously with the control line through nearly identical pneumatic connections.
  • the flow channels of the present invention may optionally be designed with different cross sectional sizes and shapes, offering different advantages, depending upon their desired application.
  • the cross sectional shape of the lower flow channel may have a curved upper surface, either along its entire length or in the region disposed under an upper cross channel). Such a curved upper surface facilitates valve sealing, as follows.
  • flow channel 30 is rectangular in cross sectional shape.
  • the cross-section of a flow channel 30 instead has an upper curved surface.
  • flow channel 30 a has a curved upper wall 25 A.
  • membrane portion 25 When flow channel 32 is pressurized, membrane portion 25 will move downwardly to the successive positions shown by dotted lines 25 A 2 , 25 A 3 , 25 A 4 and 25 A 5 , with edge portions of the membrane moving first into the flow channel, followed by top membrane portions.
  • An advantage of having such a curved upper surface at membrane 25 A is that a more complete seal will be provided when flow channel 32 is pressurized.
  • the upper wall of the flow channel 30 will provide a continuous contacting edge against planar substrate 14 , thereby avoiding the “island” of contact seen between wall 25 and the bottom of flow channel 30 in FIG. 10 .
  • Another advantage of having a curved upper flow channel surface at membrane 25 A is that the membrane can more readily conform to the shape and volume of the flow channel in response to actuation. Specifically, where a rectangular flow channel is employed, the entire perimeter (2 ⁇ flow channel height, plus the flow channel width) must be forced into the flow channel. However where an arched flow channel is used, a smaller perimeter of material (only the semi-circular arched portion) must be forced into the channel. In this manner, the membrane requires less change in perimeter for actuation and is therefore more responsive to an applied actuation force to block the flow channel
  • the bottom of flow channel 30 is rounded such that its curved surface mates with the curved upper wall 25 A as seen in FIG. 20 described above.
  • the actual conformational change experienced by the membrane upon actuation will depend upon the configuration of the particular elastomeric structure. Specifically, the conformational change will depend upon the length, width, and thickness profile of the membrane, its attachment to the remainder of the structure, and the height, width, and shape of the flow and control channels and the material properties of the elastomer used. The conformational change may also depend upon the method of actuation, as actuation of the membrane in response to an applied pressure will vary somewhat from actuation in response to a magnetic or electrostatic force.
  • the desired conformational change in the membrane will also vary depending upon the particular application for the elastomeric structure.
  • the valve may either be open or closed, with metering to control the degree of closure of the valve.
  • the flow channel could be provided with raised protrusions beneath the membrane portion, such that upon actuation the membrane shuts off only a percentage of the flow through the flow channel, with the percentage of flow blocked insensitive to the applied actuation force.
  • membrane thickness profiles and flow channel cross-sections are contemplated by the present invention, including rectangular, trapezoidal, circular, ellipsoidal, parabolic, hyperbolic, and polygonal, as well as sections of the above shapes. More complex cross-sectional shapes, such as the embodiment with protrusions discussed immediately above or an embodiment having concavities in the flow channel, are also contemplated by the present invention.
  • FIGS. 12A and 12B show a views of a single on/off valve, identical to the systems set forth above, (for example in FIG. 7A ).
  • FIGS. 13A and 13B shows a peristaltic pumping system comprised of a plurality of the single addressable on/off valves as seen in FIG. 12 , but networked together.
  • FIG. 14 is a graph showing experimentally achieved pumping rates vs. frequency for the peristaltic pumping system of FIG. 13 .
  • FIGS. 15A and 15B show a schematic view of a plurality of flow channels which are controllable by a single control line. This system is also comprised of a plurality of the single addressable on/off valves of FIG.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic illustration of a multiplexing system adapted to permit fluid flow through selected channels, comprised of a plurality of the single on/off valves of FIG. 12 , joined or networked together.
  • Flow channel 30 preferably has a fluid (or gas) flow F passing therethrough.
  • Flow channel 32 (which crosses over flow channel 30 , as was already explained herein), is pressurized such that membrane 25 separating the flow channels may be depressed into the path of flow channel 30 , shutting off the passage of flow F therethrough, as has been explained.
  • “flow channel” 32 can also be referred to as a “control line” which actuates a single valve in flow channel 30 .
  • FIGS. 12 to 15 a plurality of such addressable valves are joined or networked together in various arrangements to produce pumps, capable of peristaltic pumping, and other fluidic logic applications.
  • a flow channel 30 has a plurality of generally parallel flow channels (i.e.: control lines) 32 A, 32 B and 32 C passing thereover.
  • control lines i.e.: control lines
  • By pressurizing control line 32 A flow F through flow channel 30 is shut off under membrane 25 A at the intersection of control line 32 A and flow channel 30 .
  • pressurizing control line 32 B flow F through flow channel 30 is shut off under membrane 25 B at the intersection of control line 32 B and flow channel 30 , etc.
  • control lines 32 A, 32 B, and 32 C are separately addressable. Therefore, peristalsis may be actuated by the pattern of actuating 32 A and 32 C together, followed by 32 A, followed by 32 A and 32 B together, followed by 32 B, followed by 32 B and C together, etc. This corresponds to a successive “101, 100, 110, 010, 011, 001” pattern, where “0” indicates “valve open” and “1” indicates “valve closed.”
  • This peristaltic pattern is also known as a 120° pattern (referring to the phase angle of actuation between three valves). Other peristaltic patterns are equally possible, including 60° and 90° patterns.
  • a pumping rate of 2.35 nL/s was measured by measuring the distance traveled by a column of water in thin (0.5 mm i.d.) tubing; with 100 ⁇ 100 ⁇ 10 ⁇ m valves under an actuation pressure of 40 kPa.
  • the pumping rate increased with actuation frequency until approximately 75 Hz, and then was nearly constant until above 200 Hz.
  • the valves and pumps are also quite durable and the elastomer membrane, control channels, or bond have never been observed to fail.
  • none of the valves in the peristaltic pump described herein show any sign of wear or fatigue after more than 4 million actuations. In addition to their durability, they are also gentle.
  • a solution of E. Coli pumped through a channel and tested for viability showed a 94% survival rate.
  • FIG. 14 is a graph showing experimentally achieved pumping rates vs. frequency for the peristaltic pumping system of FIG. 13 .
  • FIGS. 15A and 15B illustrates another way of assembling a plurality of the addressable valves of FIG. 12 .
  • a plurality of parallel flow channels 30 A, 30 B, and 30 C are provided.
  • Flow channel (i.e.: control line) 32 passes thereover across flow channels 30 A, 30 B, and 30 C. Pressurization of control line 32 simultaneously shuts off flows F 1 , F 2 and F 3 by depressing membranes 25 A, 25 B, and 25 C located at the intersections of control line 32 and flow channels 30 A, 30 B, and 30 C.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic illustration of a multiplexing system adapted to selectively permit fluid to flow through selected channels, as follows.
  • the downward deflection of membranes separating the respective flow channels from a control line passing thereabove depends strongly upon the membrane dimensions. Accordingly, by varying the widths of flow channel control line 32 in FIGS. 15A and 15B , it is possible to have a control line pass over multiple flow channels, yet only actuate (i.e.: seal) desired flow channels.
  • FIG. 16 illustrates a schematic of such a system, as follows.
  • a plurality of parallel flow channels 30 A, 30 B, 30 C, 30 D, 30 E and 30 F are positioned under a plurality of parallel control lines 32 A, 32 B, 32 C, 32 D, 32 E and 32 F.
  • Control channels 32 A, 32 B, 32 C, 32 D, 32 E and 32 F are adapted to shut off fluid flows F 1 , F 2 , F 3 , F 4 , F 5 and F 6 passing through parallel flow channels 30 A, 30 B, 30 C, 30 D, 30 E and 30 F using any of the valving systems described above, with the following modification.
  • control lines 32 A, 32 B, 32 C, 32 D, 32 E and 32 F have both wide and narrow portions.
  • control line 32 A is wide in locations disposed over flow channels 30 A, 30 C and 30 E.
  • control line 32 B is wide in locations disposed over flow channels 30 B, 30 D and 30 F
  • control line 32 C is wide in locations disposed over flow channels 30 A, 30 B, 30 E and 30 F.
  • control line 32 A when control line 32 A is pressurized, it will block flows F 1 , F 3 and F 5 in flow channels 30 A, 30 C and 30 E. Similarly, when control line 32 C is pressurized, it will block flows F 1 , F 2 , F 5 and F 6 in flow channels 30 A, 30 B, 30 E and 30 F.
  • control lines 32 A and 32 C can be pressurized simultaneously to block all fluid flow except F 4 (with 32 A blocking F 1 , F 3 and F 5 ; and 32 C blocking F 1 , F 2 , F 5 and F 6 ).
  • control lines ( 32 ) By selectively pressurizing different control lines ( 32 ) both together and in various sequences, a great degree of fluid flow control can be achieved. Moreover, by extending the present system to more than six parallel flow channels ( 30 ) and more than four parallel control lines ( 32 ), and by varying the positioning of the wide and narrow regions of the control lines, very complex fluid flow control systems may be fabricated. A property of such systems is that it is possible to turn on any one flow channel out of n flow channels with only 2(log 2n) control lines.
  • fluid passage can be selectively directed to flow in either of two perpendicular directions.
  • FIGS. 17A to 17D An example of such a “switchable flow array” system is provided in FIGS. 17A to 17D .
  • FIG. 17A shows a bottom view of a first layer of elastomer 90 , (or any other suitable substrate), having a bottom surface with a pattern of recesses forming a flow channel grid defined by an array of solid posts 92 , each having flow channels passing therearound.
  • FIG. 17B is a bottom view of the bottom surface of the second layer of elastomer 95 showing recesses formed in the shape of alternating “vertical” control lines 96 and “horizontal” control lines 94 .
  • “Vertical” control lines 96 have the same width therealong, whereas “horizontal” control lines 94 have alternating wide and narrow portions, as shown.
  • Elastomeric layer 95 is positioned over top of elastomeric layer 90 such that “vertical” control lines 96 are positioned over posts 92 as shown in FIG. 17C and “horizontal” control lines 94 are positioned with their wide portions between posts 92 , as shown in FIG. 17D .
  • FIGS. 17A-D allows a switchable flow array to be constructed from only two elastomeric layers, with no vertical vias passing between control lines in different elastomeric layers required. If all vertical flow control lines 94 are connected, they may be pressurized from one input. The same is true for all horizontal flow control lines 96 .
  • FIGS. 18A-18D show plan views of one embodiment of a cell pen structure in accordance with the present invention.
  • Cell pen array 4400 features an array of orthogonally-oriented flow channels 4402 , with an enlarged “pen” structure 4404 at the intersection of alternating flow channels.
  • Valve 4406 is positioned at the entrance and exit of each pen structure 4404 .
  • Peristaltic pump structures 4408 are positioned on each horizontal flow channel and on the vertical flow channels lacking a cell pen structure.
  • FIGS. 18B-18C show the accessing and removal of individually stored cell C by 1) opening valves 4406 on either side of adjacent pens 4404 a and 4404 b , 2) pumping horizontal flow channel 4402 a to displace cells C and G, and then 3) pumping vertical flow channel 4402 b to remove cell C.
  • FIG. 18D shows that second cell G is moved back into its prior position in cell pen array 4400 by reversing the direction of liquid flow through horizontal flow channel 4402 a .
  • the cell pen array 4404 described above is capable of storing materials within a selected, addressable position for ready access.
  • FIGS. 18A-18D utilizes linked valve pairs on opposite sides of the flow channel intersections, this is not required by the present invention.
  • Other configurations including linking of adjacent valves of an intersection, or independent actuation of each valve surrounding an intersection, are possible to provide the desired flow characteristics. With the independent valve actuation approach however, it should be recognized that separate control structures would be utilized for each valve, complicating device layout.
  • each fluid flow channel may be controlled by its own individual valve control channel.
  • a non-integrated control strategy cannot be practicably implemented for more complex arrays comprising thousands or even tens of thousands of individually addressable valves. Accordingly, embodiments of the present invention provide a variety of techniques which may be applied alone or in combination to allow for the fabrication of large scale integrated microfluidic devices having individually addressable valves.
  • FIG. 19A shows a simplified plan view illustrating a microfluidic binary tree multiplexor operational diagram.
  • Flow channels 1900 defined in a lower elastomer layer contain the fluid of interest, while control channels 1902 defined in an overlying elastomer layer represent control lines containing an actuation fluid such as air or water.
  • Valves 1904 are defined by the membranes formed at the intersection of the wider portion 1902 a of a control channel 1902 with a flow channel 1900 .
  • the actuation pressure is chosen so that only the wide membranes are fully deflected into the flow channel 1900 .
  • the multiplexor structure is based on the sharp increase in pressure required to actuate a valve as the ratio of control channel width:flow channel width is decreased.
  • the multiplexor structure shown in FIG. 19A is in the form of a binary tree of valves where each stage selects one out of two total groups of flow channels.
  • each combination of open/closed valves in the multiplexor selects for a single channel, so that n flow channels can be addressed with only 2 log 2 n control channels.
  • FIG. 19B shows a simplified plan view of an alternative embodiment of a multiplexor structure in accordance with the present invention.
  • Multiplexor structure 1950 comprises control channels 1952 formed in an elastomer layer overlying flow channels 1954 of an underlying elastomer layer.
  • multiplexor 1950 comprises a tertiary tree of valves, where each stage comprises three bits (“a trit”) and selects one out of three total groups of flow channels.
  • Each combination of open/closed valves in the multiplexor 1950 selects for a single channel, so that n flow channels can be addressed with only 3 log 3 n control channels.
  • the general microfluidic flow architecture of either of the basic multiplexor devices shown in FIGS. 19A-B may be generically represented in the simplified cross-sectional view of FIG. 20 , wherein second elastomer layer E 2 defining control channel network C overlies first elastomer layer E 1 defining flow channel network F.
  • Table 1 compares the efficiency of the base 2 multiplexor with the base 3 multiplexor.
  • multiplexor structures in accordance with the present invention may comprise stages of unlike base numbers.
  • a two-stage plexor consisting of a bit stage and a trit stage represents the most efficient way of addressing six flow channels.
  • the order of the stages is arbitrary, and will always result in the same number of flow lines being controlled.
  • the use of multiplexor structures comprising different binary and tertiary stages allows the efficient addressing of any number of “flow” channels that are the product of the numbers 2 and 3.
  • a multiplexor may conceivably use any base number. For example, five may also be used as the base number, if necessary. However, efficiency in utilization of control lines diminishes as the number of control lines moves away from the value of e. This is shown in FIG. 33 , which plots the number of control lines versus the number of flow lines being controlled, for multiplexor structures having different base numbers.
  • multiplexor structures previously shown and described a suitable for many applications. However, alternative embodiments of multiplexor structures may offer enhanced performance in certain situations.
  • FIG. 28 shows a simplified plan view of an alternative embodiment of a multiplexor structure of the present invention, which features a minimum of dead volume.
  • multiplexor 2800 comprises a flow channel network 2802 having sample inputs 2804 arranged in the shape of a fluidic input tree.
  • Control lines 2806 are arranged in three stages, with first and second tertiary states 2806 a and 2806 b , and binary stage 2806 c control lines access of the flowed fluid to outlet 2808 of the flow channel network.
  • the control lines 2806 are positioned to locate control valves 2810 as close as possible to each flow channel junction in order to minimize dead volumes.
  • a final input line 2814 of every multiplexor is allocated to receive a buffer, thereby allowing cleaning of the contents of the flow channels and flow channel junctions.
  • FIGS. 21-21B illustrate this approach.
  • FIG. 21 shows a plan view of one embodiment of a microfluidic device having a first control line controlled by a second control line.
  • FIG. 21A shows a cross-sectional view of the microfluidic device of FIG. 21 , taken along line 21 A- 21 A′.
  • FIG. 21B shows a cross-sectional view of the microfluidic device of FIG. 21 , taken along line 21 B- 21 B′.
  • Microfluidic structure 2100 comprises two flow channels 2102 a - b formed in lowermost elastomer layer 2104 .
  • First control channel network 2106 including first inlet 2106 a in fluid communication with first and second branches 2106 b and 2106 c , is formed in a second elastomer layer 2108 overlying first elastomer layer 2104 .
  • First branch 2106 b of first control channel network 2106 includes widened portion 2110 overlying first flow channel 2102 a to define first valve 2112 .
  • Second branch 2106 c of first control channel network 2106 includes widened portion 2114 overlying second flow channel 2102 b to define second valve 2116 .
  • Second control channel network 2118 comprising third control channel 2118 a is formed in third elastomer layer 2120 overlying second elastomer layer 2108 .
  • Third control channel 2118 a includes widened portion 2118 b overlying first branch 2106 b of first control channel network 2106 to form valve 2122 .
  • the microfluidic device illustrated in FIGS. 21-21B may be operated as follows.
  • a fluid that is to be manipulated is present in flow channels 2102 a and 2102 b .
  • Application of a pressure to the first control channel network 2106 causes the membranes of valves 2112 and 2116 to deflect downward into their respective flow channels 2102 a and 2102 b , thereby valving flow through the flow channels.
  • Second control channel network 2118 applies a pressure to second control channel network 2118 to deflect downward into underlying first branch 2106 c only of first control channel network 2106 . This fixes the valve 2112 in its deflected state, in turn allowing the pressure within the first control channel network 2106 to be varied without affecting the state of valve 2112 .
  • elastomeric device 2200 comprises lowest elastomer layer E 1 defining flow channel network F, underlying second elastomer layer E 2 defining first control channel network C 1 .
  • First control channel network C 1 in turn underlies second control channel network C 2 that is defined within third elastomer layer E 3 .
  • microfluidic device of FIGS. 21-21B is described as being fabricated from three separate elastomer layers, this is not required by the present invention.
  • Large scale integrated microfluidic structures in accordance with embodiments of the present invention featuring multiplexed control lines may be fabricated utilizing only two elastomer layers. This approach is shown and illustrated in connection with FIGS. 23-23B .
  • FIG. 23 shows a simplified plan view of a microfabricated elastomer device including first and second flow channels 2300 a and 2300 b , and first branched control channel network 2302 overlying flow channels 2300 a and 2300 b to define valves 2304 and 2306 respectively.
  • FIG. 23A shows a cross-sectional view of the microfabricated elastomer device of FIG. 23 , taken along line 23 A- 23 A′, with flow channel 2300 a defined in lower elastomer layer 2306 , and first control channel 2302 defined in upper elastomer layer 2310 .
  • Lower elastomer layer 2308 further comprises a second control channel network 2312 running underneath first control channel 2302 to define valve 2314 .
  • FIG. 23B shows a cross-sectional view of the microfabricated elastomer device of FIG. 23 , taken along line 23 B- 23 B′. While present in the same (lower) elastomer layer 2308 , flow channel network 2300 and second control channel network 2312 are separate and do not intersect one another.
  • separate flow channel network F and control channel network C 2 may thus be present on a single (lower) elastomer layer E 1 that is overlaid by another elastomer layer E 2 defining only a control channel network C 1 .
  • the microfluidic device illustrated in FIGS. 23-23B may be operated as follows.
  • a fluid that is to be manipulated is present in flow channels 2300 a and 2300 b .
  • Application of a pressure to the first control channel network 2302 causes the membranes of valves 2304 to deflect downward into their respective flow channels 2300 a and 2300 b , thereby valving flow through the flow channels.
  • Second control channel network 2312 applies a pressure to second control channel network 2312 to deflect upward into the overlying branch 2302 a of first control channel network 2302 . This fixes the valve 2314 in its deflected state, in turn allowing the pressure within the first control network 2302 to be varied without affecting the state of valve 2314 .
  • the microfluidic device of FIGS. 23-23B features a valve that operates by deflecting upward into an adjacent control channel in response to an elevated pressure.
  • Large scale integrated microfluidic structures incorporating such upwardly deflecting valves may include flow channels having rounded or arched cross-sections to facilitate valve closure, in a manner similar to that described above in connection with FIG. 11 .
  • both the upper and lower channels preferably exhibit an arched profile.
  • FIGS. 23-23B and 24 may be utilized to introduce almost unlimited control over complex flow functionality, without having to resort to more than two layers.
  • FIG. 25 represents a simplified cross-sectional view of a microfluidic structure 2500 comprising lower elastomer layer E 1 having flow channel network F and second control channel network C 2 defined therein, underlying upper elastomer layer E 2 and having separate first and third control channel networks C 1 and C 3 defined therein.
  • a microfluidic device utilizing control channels to control other control channels as shown and described in connection with FIGS. 21-25 offers a number of advantages over conventional microfluidic devices employing a single control channel network. One potential advantage is enhanced functionality.
  • the simple multiplexor structure of FIGS. 19A-B allows valving of all but one of n flow channels given only x log x n control channels, thereby allowing flow through a single channel.
  • the simple multiplexors of FIGS. 19A-B do not allow for the inverse functionality, wherein only one of the valves may be simultaneously actuated utilizing a multiplexor having the same number (x log x n) control lines.
  • FIG. 26 illustrates one embodiment of an inverse multiplexor structure 2601 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, which utilizes multiple layers of control lines.
  • Parallel flow channels 2600 formed in a first elastomer layer are overlaid by a control channel network 2602 comprising a parallel set of control channels 2602 a formed in a second elastomer layer and sharing a common inlet 2602 b .
  • control channel network 2602 comprising a parallel set of control channels 2602 a formed in a second elastomer layer and sharing a common inlet 2602 b .
  • control channels 2602 a There are the same number of control channels 2602 a as flow channels 2600 , with each control channel having a widened portion 2602 b overlying one of the corresponding flow channels 2600 to define valve 2610 .
  • a second network 2604 of control channels passes proximate to the first control channel network 2602 , defining a multiplexor structure 2606 comprising valves 2612 in the form of a plurality of actuable membranes.
  • this second network of control lines defining the multiplexor may be formed in a third elastomer layer overlying the second elastomer layer containing first control channel network.
  • the second network of control lines defining the multiplexor may be formed in the first elastomer layer, alongside but not intersecting with, the flow channel network.
  • common inlet 2602 b of first control channel network 2602 is initially depressurized. Multiplexor 2604 is then actuated to select all but one of the channels of first control channel network 2602 . Next, pressure is applied to inlet 2602 b to cause a pressure increase in the sole unselected control channel of network 2602 , thereby actuating the valve of only that unselected control channel. Inverse multiplexing functionality has thus been achieved.
  • control lines to control other control lines
  • Another potential advantage offered by the use of control lines to control other control lines is a reduction in the number of externally-accessible control lines required to control complex microfluidic structures.
  • the use of multiple layers of control lines can be combined with the multiplexor concept just described, to allow a few externally-accessible control lines to exert control over a large number of control channels responsible for operating large numbers of internal valve structures.
  • FIG. 27 shows a simplified plan view of one embodiment of microfluidic device 2700 in accordance with the present invention utilizing cascaded multiplexors.
  • parallel flow channels 2701 defined in one elastomeric layer are overlaid by first control channel network 2702 featuring wide and narrow control channel portions defining multiplexor 2703 .
  • First control channel network 2702 in turn either overlies or is underlaid by second flow channel network 2704 , which also features wide and narrow control channel portions defining second multiplexor 2706 .
  • FIG. 27 shows how a multiplexor comprising only six control lines may control a total of twenty-seven flow lines after cascading it with second multiplexor, requiring only a single input, resulting in a total of only seven control lines.
  • the logical states of the second multiplexor may be set sequentially by addressing each line using the first multiplexor, and then setting the state using the additional input.
  • High pressure (on) states may generally be retained for a limited amount of time, due to the intrinsic gas permeability of PDMS, as over time pressure within the second multiplexor is reduced via evaporation or outgussing of actuation fluid. This loss in pressure can be counteracted two ways, either by periodically refreshing the state of the second multiplexor, or by reducing the rate of loss in actuation fluid to negligible levels relative to the total time of the experiment.
  • combinatorial arrays of binary or other valve patterns can increase the processing power of a network by allowing complex fluid manipulations with a minimal number of controlled inputs.
  • Such multiplexed control lines can be used to fabricate silicone devices with thousands of valves and hundreds of individually addressable reaction chambers, with a substantial reduction in the number of control inputs required to address individual valve structures.
  • Microfluidic techniques in accordance with embodiments of the present invention may be utilized to fabricate a chip that contains a high density array of 1000 individually addressable picoliter scale chambers and which may serve as a microfluidic memory storage device.
  • a microfluidic memory storage device was designed with 1000 independent compartments and 3574 microvalves, organized as an addressable 25 ⁇ 40 chamber microarray.
  • FIG. 29A is a simplified plan view showing a mask design for the microfluidic memory storage device.
  • FIG. 29B shows a simplified enlarged view of one storage location of the array of FIG. 29A , illustrating purging mechanics.
  • Array 2900 comprises a first elastomer layer defining rows 2902 of parallel triplet flow channels 2902 a - c having interconnecting vertical branch flow channels 2902 d .
  • flow channels 2902 a and 2902 c flanking central flow channel 2902 b in each row are referred to as “bus lines”.
  • bus lines Each intersection between a vertical branch 2902 d and a central flow channel 2902 b defines a separate storage location in that row and for the storage device.
  • Each of the flow channels shares a common sample input 2904 a or 2904 b , and a common sample output 2906 .
  • Each of the row flow channels 2902 a - c shares a common purge input 2908 .
  • a second elastomer layer Overlying the first elastomer layer containing flow channels is a second elastomer layer containing networks of control channels.
  • Horizontal compartmentalization control channel network 2910 having common inlet 2910 a is fowled in second elastomer layer.
  • Control lines C 1 -C 10 defining row multiplexor 2912 are also foamed in the second elastomer layer.
  • Row access control lines D 1 -D 4 are also formed in the second elastomer layer. Row access control lines D 1 -D 4 are selectively actuable to control the flow of fluid through the central flow channel or one of the flanking bus lines for any one of the rows of the array.
  • the second elastomer layer also defines vertical compartmentalization control channel network 2914 having common inlet 2914 b .
  • a separate control channel network 2916 formed in the first elastomer layer crosses under the vertical compartmentalization control channel network 2914 to define column multiplexor 2918 .
  • the embodiment of FIG. 29 thus represents a two-layer device allowing control over vertical compartmentalization control channels utilizing two separate control channel networks multiplexor structures 2914 and 2916 . Specifically, during operation of the storage device, actuation of select control channels of the column multiplexor allows access to only one particular storage location in the array while all other storage locations remain sealed and uncontaminated. Operation of the storage device 2900 is now described in detail.
  • FIGS. 29C-F show enlarged plan views of one storage location of the array.
  • vertical compartmentalization control channel 2914 is pressurized to close vertical compartmentalization valves 2924 .
  • Column multiplexor 2918 is then pressurized to activate valves 2930 a - b to seal the vertical compartmentalization valves 2924 in their pressurized state.
  • FIG. 29D shows the loading of all storage locations located along a particular central flow line with fluid, by selective manipulation of control lines D 1 - 4 .
  • the closed state of vertical compartmentalization valves 2924 limits the vertical movement of the loaded fluid.
  • FIG. 29E shows pressurization of horizontal compartmentalization control channel 2910 to close horizontal compartmentalization valves 2922 , thereby isolating adjacent storage locations.
  • FIG. 29F shows the purging of loaded fluid from specific storage locations.
  • column multiplexor 2918 is depressurized to deactuate valve 2930 b , allowing venting of control channel and deactuation of the vertical compartmentalization valves 2924 lying above and below storage location 2950 .
  • Column multiplexor 2918 remains pressurized to keep valve 2930 a actuated, thereby maintaining in a closed state vertical compartmentalization valves 2924 of adjacent storage locations.
  • control lines D 1 - 4 are manipulated to allow flow through only the top bus line 2902 a . Pressure is applied to purge inlet 2908 , forcing the contents of storage location 2950 into top bus line 2902 a , along the bus line 2902 a , and ultimately out of output 2906 .
  • the storage array chip contains an array of 25 ⁇ 40 chambers, each of which has volume ⁇ 250 ⁇ L. Each chamber can be individually addressed using the column multiplexor and row multiplexor. The contents of each memory/storage location can be selectively programmed to be either dye (sample input) or water (wash buffer input).
  • the large scale integrate multiplexor valve systems in accordance with embodiments of the present invention allow each chamber of the matrix to be individually addressed and isolated, and reduces the number of outside control interconnects to twenty-two. Fluid can be loaded into the device through a single input port, after which control layer valves then act as gates to compartmentalize the array into 250 pL chambers. Individual chamber addressing is accomplished through flow channels that run parallel to the sample chambers and use pressurized liquid under the control of the row and column multiplexors and to flush the chamber contents to the output.
  • FIG. 29B is a simplified and enlarged plan view again showing purging mechanics for a single chamber within a selected row of the chip shown in FIG. 29A .
  • Each row contains three parallel microchannels.
  • pressurized fluid is first introduced in the purge buffer input.
  • the row multiplexor then directs the fluid to the lower most channel of the selected row.
  • the column multiplexor releases the vertical valves of the chamber, allowing the pressurized fluid to flow through the chamber and purge its contents.
  • This device adds a significant level of complexity to previous microfluidic plumbing in that there are two successive levels of control—the column multiplexor actuates valve control lines, which in turn actuate the valves themselves.
  • the design and mechanics of the microfluidic array are similar to random access memory (RAM).
  • Each set of multiplexors is analogous to a memory address register, mapping to a specific row or column in the matrix.
  • the row and column multiplexors have unique functions.
  • the row multiplexor is used for fluid trafficking: it directs the fluid responsible for purging individual compartments within a row and refreshes the central compartments (memory elements) within a row, analogous to a RAM word line.
  • the column multiplexor acts in a fundamentally different manner, controlling the vertical input/output valves for specific central compartments in each row.
  • the vertical containment valve on the control layer is pressurized to close off the entire array.
  • the column multiplexor, located on the flow layer, is activated with its valves deflected upwards into the control layer to trap the pressurized liquid in the entire vertical containment valve array.
  • a single column is then selected by the multiplexor, and the pressure on the vertical containment valve is released to open the specified column, allowing it to be rapidly purged by pressurized liquid in a selected row.
  • the storage device depicted in FIG. 29A comprises an array of chambers whose contents are individually accessible through horizontal movement of fluid through co-planar bus lines positioned on either side of a central flow channel.
  • techniques for fabricating large scale integrated microfluidic structures in accordance with embodiments of the present invention are not limited to fabricating this particular device.
  • FIGS. 34A-C show simplified cross-sectional views illustrating the structure and operation of an embodiment of a valve structure in accordance with the present invention, which allows for the vertical flow of fluid in one direction only. As described in detail below, these one-way valves may in turn be utilized to create an alternative embodiment of a large-scale integrated microfluidic storage device utilizing movement of fluid in the vertical, as well as horizontal directions.
  • fluid may freely flow through one-way valve 3400 in the upward direction. Specifically, a pressurized fluid will move through first via opening 3406 and unseat flexible membrane portion 3402 a , deflecting it into the overlying second via opening 3408 and allowing pressurized fluid to enter second via opening 3408 and upper elastomer layer 3401 .
  • fluid may not flow through one-way valve 3400 in the downward direction.
  • a pressurized fluid attempting to move through second via opening 3408 will encounter seated membrane portion 3402 a .
  • Membrane portion 3402 a will remain seated, and valve 3400 closed, until such time as the pressure of fluid in the underlying first via opening 3406 exceeds the pressure in second via opening 3408 .
  • FIGS. 34A-C While the specific embodiment of a one-way valve shown in FIGS. 34A-C is fabricated utilizing three distinct elastomer layers, this is not required. It may be possible to fabricate this structure from only two elastomer layers, forming the membrane portion and the top layer utilizing a single mold.
  • FIGS. 34A-C allow passage of fluid in the upward direction
  • alternative embodiments may allow passage of fluid in the downward direction only.
  • Such a valve structure may be fabricated by reversing the orientation of the one-way valves.
  • FIGS. 35A-D are simplified cross-sectional views illustrating one embodiment of such a pixel structure.
  • pixel 3500 comprises first flow channel 3502 formed in lowermost elastomer layer 3504 .
  • Second flow channel 3506 orthogonal to first flow channel 3502 , is formed in uppermost elastomer layer 3508 .
  • First one-way valve 3510 , chamber 3512 , and second one way valve 3514 are formed in elastomer layers 3516 intervening between layers 3504 and 3508 .
  • This pixel charging may be performed nonselectively by applying a higher pressure to first flow channel 3502 than is present in any of the second flow channels.
  • this pixel charging may be performed selectively by also utilizing a multiplexor in communication with the second flow channels, to create the necessary pressure differential between the first and only select second flow channels.
  • the colored fluid is purged from first flow channel 3502 while maintaining second flow channel 3506 at a higher pressure, thereby maintaining first one-way valve 3510 closed.
  • the color of pixel 3500 may be changed by lessening the pressure in second flow channel 3506 and flowing a colorless fluid through first flow channel 3502 , first one-way valve 3510 , chamber 3512 , second one-way valve 3514 , and ultimately second flow channel 3506 .
  • FIG. 30A shows an optical micrograph of a microfluidic comparator chip 3000 .
  • the various inputs have been loaded with colored food dyes to visualize the channels and sub-elements of the fluidic logic.
  • FIG. 30B shows a simplified schematic plan view of one portion of the chip of FIG. 30A .
  • Comparator chip 3000 is formed from a pair of parallel, serpentine flow channels 3002 and 3004 having inlets 3002 a and 3004 a respectively, and having outlets 3002 b and 3004 b respectively, that are intersected at various points by branched horizontal rows of flow channels 3006 . Portions of the horizontal flow channels located between the serpentine flow channels define mixing locations 3010 .
  • a first barrier control line 3012 overlying the center of the connecting channels is actuable to create adjacent chambers, and is deactivable to allow the contents of the adjacent chambers to mix.
  • a second barrier control line 3014 doubles back over either end of the adjacent chambers to isolate them from the rest of the horizontal flow channels.
  • One end 3006 a of the connecting horizontal flow channel 3006 is in fluid communication with pressure source 3016 , and the other end 3006 b of the connecting horizontal flow channel 3006 is in fluid communication with a sample collection output 3018 through multiplexor 3020 .
  • FIGS. 30C-H show simplified enlarged plan views of operation of one mixing element of the structure of FIGS. 30A-B .
  • FIG. 30C shows the mixing element prior to loading, with the mixer barrier control line and wrap-around barrier control line unpressurized.
  • FIG. 30D shows pressurization of the wrap-around barrier control line and barrier mixer line to activate isolation valves and separation valve to define adjacent chambers 3050 and 3052 .
  • FIG. 30E shows loading of the chambers with a first component and a second component by flowing these materials down the respective flow channels.
  • FIG. 30F shows pressurization of the vertical compartmentalization control line 3025 and the isolation to define the adjacent chambers.
  • FIG. 30G shows depressurization of the mixing barrier control channel to deactivate the separation barrier valve, thereby allowing the different components present in the adjacent chambers to mix freely.
  • FIG. 30H shows the deactivation of barrier the isolation control line, causing deactivation of the isolation valves, followed by application of pressure to the control line and deactivation of the multiplexor to allow the combined mixture to be recovered.
  • the microchannel layout consists of four central columns in the flow layer consisting of 64 chambers per column, with each chamber containing ⁇ 750 ⁇ L of liquid after compartmentalization and mixing. Liquid is loaded into these columns through two separate inputs under low external pressure ( ⁇ 20 kPa), filling up the array in a serpentine fashion. Barrier valves on the control layer function to isolate the sample fluids from each other and from channel networks on the flow layer used to recover the contents of each individual chamber. These networks function under the control of a multiplexor and several other control valves.
  • control channels are first dead end filled with water prior to actuation with pneumatic pressure; the compressed air at the ends of the channels is forced into the bulk porous silicone. This procedure eliminates gas transfer into the flow layer upon valve actuation, as well as evaporation of the liquid contained in the flow layer.
  • the elastomeric valves are analogous to electronic switches, serving as high impedance barriers for fluidic trafficking.
  • the fluid input lines were filled with two dyes to illustrate the process of loading, compartmentalization, mixing and purging of the contents of a single chamber within a column.
  • FIGS. 31A-D show a set of optical micrographs showing a portion of the comparator in action. A subset of the chambers in a single column is being imaged. Elastomeric microvalves enable each of the 256 chamber on the chip to be independently compartmentalized, mixed pairwise, and selectively purged with the blue and yellow solutions. Each of the 256 chambers on the chip can be individually addressed and its respective contents recovered for future analysis using only 18 connections to the outside world, illustrating the integrated nature of the microfluidic circuit.
  • the large scale integrated microfluidic device of FIG. 30A of FIG. 30 was used as a microfluidic comparator to test for the expression of a particular enzyme.
  • a population of bacteria is loaded into the device, and a fluorogenic substrate system provides an amplified output signal in the form of a fluorescent product.
  • An electronic comparator circuit is designed to provide a large output signal when the input signal exceeds a reference threshold value.
  • An op amp amplifies the input signal relative to the reference, forcing it to be high or low.
  • the non-fluorescent resorufin derivative, Amplex Red functions as the reference signal.
  • the input signal consists of a suspension of E. coli expressing recombinant cytochrome c peroxidase (CCP); the enzyme serves as a chemical amplifier in the circuit.
  • CCP cytochrome c peroxidase
  • FIG. 32A shows a schematic diagram of the microfluidic comparator logic using and enzyme and fluorogenic substrate.
  • a input signal chamber contains cells expressing the enzyme CCP, non-fluorescent Amplex Red is converted to the fluorescent product, resorufin.
  • the output signal remains low.
  • the cells and substrate are loaded into separate input channels with the central mixing barrier closed in each column and compartmentalized exactly like the procedure illustrated for the blue and orange dyes.
  • the cell dilution (1:1000 of confluent culture) creates a median distribution of ⁇ 0.2 cells/compartment, verified by fluorescent microscopy.
  • the barrier between the substrate and cell sub-compartments is opened for a few minutes to allow substrate to diffuse into the compartments containing the cell mixture.
  • the barrier is then closed to reduce the reaction volume and improve the signal/noise for the reaction.
  • a modified DNA microarray scanner Axon Industries GenePix 4000B.
  • Amplex Red is converted to the fluorescent compound resorufin, while the signal in the compartments with no cells remains low.
  • One example of a scanner for use in detecting signals from LSI microfluidic structure in accordance with the present invention is the Genepix 4000B scanner manufactured by Axon Instruments, Inc. of Union City Calif.
  • the Genepix 4000B was originally designed for DNA array chip scanning. It has two lasers (532/635 mm) that are optimized for Cy3/Cy5 fluorescent dyes respectively.
  • the Genepix normally functions by scanning the bottom surface of a slide coated with Cy3/Cy5 labeled DNA probes sitting on 3-calibrated sapphire mounts. There are, however, several constraints with this scanner that render it less than optimal as a microfluidic chip screener.
  • a second option being explored is removing the microfluidic chip of the calibrated mounts and seating it in the back of the slide holder. This position places the chip closer to the lens, placing it within the aforementioned software-controlled focal plane range.
  • the disadvantage of this method is that the chip is slightly off normal relative to the laser beams, resulting in an artificial intensity gradient across the chip. This gradient can be compensated for during analysis.
  • Another sub-optimal characteristic of the Genepix scanners is its lack of hardware to stabilize the microfluidic chips when they are connected to several tubing lines. This effect can be successfully compensated for through the addition of weight to the top of the chip. The weight should be non-reflective to prevent scattering of the laser beams that may create artificial noise during the scanning process.
  • the effect of the hardware focal setting was determined by placing the chip of FIG. 30A filled with Amplex Red solution (neg. control, ⁇ 100 ⁇ M in the back of the slide holder with a No. 1 cover slip as a spacer.
  • the chip was weighted down and fluorescence was measured consecutively in the same spot with varying focal settings. Readings were taken twice to assess any effect bleaching or light activation of the substrate may have had. Results indicate that fluorescence measurements are somewhat consistent in a range of ⁇ 15 ⁇ m from optimal focus and then decay rapidly.
  • FIG. 32B shows a scanned fluorescence image of the chip in comparator mode.
  • the left half of column is a dilute solution of CCP expressing E. coli in sterile PBS (137 mM NaCl, 2.68 mM KCl, 10.1 mM Na2HP04, 1.76 mM KH2P04, pH 7.4) after mixing reaction with Amplex Red. Arrows indicate chambers containing single cells. Chambers without cells show low fluorescence. The converted product (resorufin) is clearly visible as green signal.
  • Right half of column is uncatalyzed Amplex Red substrate. To verify that the output signal is a function of CCP activity, a similar experiment was performed using a heterogeneous mixture of E. coli expressing either CCP or enhanced green fluorescent protein (eGFP). The amplified output signal was only dependent on the number of CCP-expressing cells in an individual chamber.
  • eGFP enhanced green fluorescent protein
  • FIG. 32C shows a ⁇ HTS comparator and the effect of heterogeneous mixture of eGFP expressing control cells and CCP expressing cells on output signal.
  • the vertical axis is relative fluorescence units (RFU); error bars represent one standard deviation from the median RFU.
  • Recovery from the chip can be accomplished by selecting a single chamber, and then purging the contents of a chamber to a collection output.
  • Each column in the chip has a separate output, enabling a chamber from each column to be collected without cross-contamination.
  • a dilute phosphate buffered saline (PBS) solution of E. coli expressing GFP was injected into the chip. After compartmentalization approximately every 2nd chamber contained a bacterium. Using an inverted light microscope (Olympus IX50) equipped with a mercury lamp and GFP filter set, single GFP cells were identified with a 20 ⁇ objective and their respective chambers were purged.
  • PBS phosphate buffered saline
  • the purged cells were collected from the outputs using polyetheretherketone (PEEK) tubing, which has low cell adhesion properties. Isolations of single GFP-expressing bacteria were confirmed by the visualization of the collected liquid samples under a 40 ⁇ oil immersion lens using the fluorescence filter set and by observations of single colony growth on Luria-Bertani broth (LB) plates inoculated with the recovered bacteria. Since it has been shown that single molecules of DNA can be effectively manipulated in elastomeric microfluidic devices, it is possible that in future applications individual molecules or molecular clusters will be selected or manipulated in this fashion.
  • PEEK polyetheretherketone
  • the “control” layer which harbors all channels required to actuate the valves, is situated on top of the “flow” layer, which contains the network of channels being controlled.
  • a valve is created where a control channel crosses a flow channel.
  • the resulting thin membrane in the junction between the two channels can be deflected by hydraulic or pneumatic actuation. All biological assays and fluid manipulations are performed on the “flow” layer.
  • Master molds for the microfluidic channels were made by spin-coating positive photoresist (Shipley SJR 5740) on silicon 9 ⁇ m high and patterning them with high resolution (3386 dpi) transparency masks.
  • the channels on the photoresist molds were rounded at 120° C. for 20 minutes to create a geometry that allows full valve closure.
  • the devices were fabricated by bonding together two layers of two-part cure silicone (Dow Corning Sylgard 184) cast from the photoresist molds.
  • the bottom layer of the device containing the “flow” channels, is spin-coated with 20:1 part A:B Sylgard at 2500 rpm for 1 minute.
  • the resulting silicone layer is ⁇ 30 ⁇ m thick.
  • the top layer of the device containing the “control” channels, is cast as a thick layer ( ⁇ 0.5 cm thick) using 5:1 part A:B Sylgard using a separate mold.
  • the two layers are initially cured for 30 minutes at 80° C.
  • Control channel interconnect holes are then punched through the thick layer (released from the mold), after which it is sealed, channel side down, on the thin layer, aligning the respective channel networks. Bonding between the assembled layers is accomplished by curing the devices for an additional 45-60 minutes at 80° C. The resulting multilayer devices are cut to size and mounted on RCA cleaned No. 1, 25 mm square glass coverslips, or onto coverslips spin coated with 5:1 part A:B Sylgard at 5000 rpm and cured at 80° C. for 30 minutes, followed by incubation at 80° C. overnight.
  • Simultaneous addressing of multiple non-contiguous flow channels is accomplished by fabricating control channels of varying width while keeping the dimension of the flow channel fixed (100 ⁇ m wide and 9 ⁇ m high).
  • the pneumatic pressure in the control channels required to close the flow channels scales with the width of the control channel, making it simple to actuate 100 ⁇ m ⁇ 100 ⁇ m valves at relatively low pressures ( ⁇ 40 kPa) without closing off the 50 ⁇ m ⁇ 100 ⁇ m crossover regions, which have a higher actuation threshold.
  • Fluidic circuits fabricated from PDMS will not be compatible with all organic solvents—in particular, flow of a nonpolar solvent may be affected. This issue can be addressed by the use of chemically resistant elastomers. Surface effects due to non-specific adhesion of molecules to the channel walls may be minimized by either passive or chemical modifications to the PDMS surface.
  • Cross contamination in microfluidic circuits is analogous to leakage currents in an electronic circuit, and is a complex phenomenon. A certain amount of contamination will occur due to diffusion of small molecules through the elastomer itself. This effect is not an impediment with the organic dyes and other small molecules used in the examples in this work, but at some level and performance requirement it may become limiting.
  • Cross-contamination is also a design issue whose effects can be mitigated by the design of any particular circuit.
  • compensation scheme was introduced by which each of the four columns has a separate output in order to prevent cross contamination during the recovery operation.
  • similar design rules will evolve in order to obtain high performance despite the limitations of the particular material and fabrication technology being used.
  • the computational power of the memory and comparator chips is derived from the ability to integrate and control many fluidic elements on a single chip.
  • the multiplexor component allows specific addressing of an exponentially large number of independent chambers. This permits selective manipulation or recovery of individual samples, an important requirement for high throughput screening and other enrichment applications. It may also be a useful tool for chemical applications involving combinatorial synthesis, where the number of products also grows exponentially.
  • Another example of computational power is the ability to segment a complex or heterogeneous sample into manageable subsamples, which can be analyzed independently as shown in the comparator chip.
  • a large scale integrated microfluidic device such as is shown in FIG. 30A could be utilized to isolate desired component of a heterogeneous mixture.
  • the heterogeneous sample could be flowed down one of the serpentine flow channels, with the heterogeneous mixture sufficiently diluted to ensure the presence of no more than one soluble entity between the vertical compartmentalization valves. The flow would then be halted, and the vertical compartmentalization valves actuated to create isolated segments in the serpentine flow channel.
  • Heterogeneous mixtures susceptible to assaying utilizing large scale integrated microfluidic structures in accordance with embodiments of the present invention can generally be subdivided into two categories.
  • a first category of heterogeneous mixtures comprises particles or molecules.
  • a listing of such particles includes but is not limited to prokaryotic cells, eukaryotic cells, phages/viruses, and beads or other non-biological particles.
  • a mixture of particles for assaying is a heterogeneous mixture of bacteria, each harboring a plasmid containing a specific DNA sequence including a gene, a segment of a gene, or some other sequence of interest.
  • the assay could select for the bacteria containing the desired DNA sequence, for example by identifying bacteria harboring the gene encoding a particular enzyme or protein that results in the desired traits.
  • Another example of a particle mixture for assaying by LSI microfluidic structures in accordance with the present invention comprises a heterogeneous mixture of eukaryotic cells.
  • the assay performed on such a mixture could select a hybridoma cell that expresses a specific antibody.
  • Still another example of a particle mixture for assaying by LSI microfluidic structures in accordance with the present invention comprises a heterogeneous mixture of phages displaying recombinant protein on their surface.
  • the assay performed on such a mixture could select for the phage that displays the protein with the desired traits.
  • Yet another example of a particle mixture for assaying by LSI microfluidic structures in accordance with the present invention comprises a heterogeneous mixture of beads, each coated with a single molecule type such as a particular protein, nucleic acid, peptide, or organic molecule.
  • the assay performed on such a mixture could select the bead that is coated with the molecule with the wanted trait.
  • DNA lends itself to such an approach, due to its inherent capability for amplification utilizing the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) technique.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • downstream methods may be applied to the DNA, such as in vitro transcription/translation of the amplified template molecule.
  • One example of such a mixture of molecules for assaying is a heterogeneous mixture of linear or circular templates containing either different genes or clones of the same gene. Following amplification and in vitro transcription/translation, the assay could select for the template whose product (protein) exhibiting desired trait(s).
  • Another example of a molecular mixture for assaying by LSI microfluidic structures in accordance with the present invention comprises a heterogeneous mixture of linear or circular templates of simply various sequences.
  • the assay could select for the template whose amplified product (DNA) exhibits the desired trait.
  • Yet another example of a molecular mixture for assaying by LSI microfluidic structures in accordance with the present invention comprises cDNA.
  • An assay could be performed which selects the cDNA clone whose amplified (DNA) or final product (protein/peptide) has the desired traits.
  • Another example of a molecular mixture for assaying by LSI microfluidic structures in accordance with the present invention comprises a mixture of mRNA.
  • the assay could select the mRNA template whose product (DNA or protein) exhibits the desired trait.
  • Another example of a molecular mixture for assaying by LSI microfluidic structures in accordance with the present invention comprises genomic DNA.
  • the assay could select the genome or chromosome that exhibits the desired trait, i.e. shows an amplicon of a certain size and/or sequence.
  • Large scale integrated microfluidic structures in accordance with embodiments of the present invention could also be utilized to perform assays on molecular mixtures comprising other than nucleic acids.
  • molecular mixtures of proteins such as enzymes could be assayed, as these molecules would yield a signal amplification due to turnover of a substrate.
  • the assay could select for the molecule with the desired activity and/or specificity.
  • the following techniques may be employed to detect the particle or molecule being separated out utilizing a LSI microfluidic structure in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Beads, Prokaryotic, and Eukaryotic cells may be detected by either light microscopy or fluorescence.
  • Very small samples such as phages/viruses, non-amplified DNA, protein, and peptides may be detectable utilizing fluorescence techniques.
  • MEMS micro-electro mechanical
  • a number of assays may be utilized to detect a specific trait of an entity being separated utilizing an LSI microfluidic device in accordance with the present invention.
  • various binding assays may be utilized to detect all combinations between DNA, proteins, and peptides (i.e. protein-protein, DNA-protein, DNA-DNA, protein-peptide etc.).
  • binding assays include but are not limited to ELISA, FRET, and autoradiography.
  • Various functional assays may be utilized to detect chemical changes in a target. Examples of such changes detectable by functional assays include but are not limited to, 1) enzymatic turnover of a non-fluorescent substrate to a fluorescent one, 2) enzymatic turnover of a non-chromagenic substrate to a chromagenic one, or from one color to another, 3) enzymatic turnover generating a chemilumiscent signal, and 4) autoradiography.
  • Homogeneous solutions of various substances may be screened against one another through diffusive mixing.
  • a number of applications are susceptible to these types of assays.
  • One example of such an application is screening cDNA library clones that have been separated for the presence of a specific DNA sequence (i.e. gene) or function.
  • Another example of such an application is screening of chemical libraries including but not limited to peptide libraries, organic molecule libraries, oligomer libraries, and small molecules such as salt solutions.
  • the chemical libraries may be screened for specific functions such as interference with an enzymatic reaction, disrupting specific binding, specific binding, ability to cause crystallization of proteins (small molecule/salt solutions), ability to serve as a substrate.
  • segmentation applications call for subdividing a homogeneous sample into aliquots that can be analyzed separately with independent chemical methods.
  • a large scale integrated microfluidic device such as is shown in FIG. 30 could be utilized to screen these individual entities of a homogenous mixture by exposure to many different reactants.
  • the homogenous sample could be flowed through an elongated flow channels. The flow would then be halted, and the vertical compartmentalization valves actuated to create reaction chamber segments isolated from each other.
  • a variety of chemical species differing from each other in identity or concentration could be flowed through a respective flow channel to each of the segments, and then mixed by deactuation of an intervening barrier valve. Observation of a resulting change in the mixture could reveal information about the homogeneous entity.
  • a 1*m screen i.e. screen one homogeneous solution against 256 others in the structure of FIG. 30 A.
  • the solution to be assayed is loaded 256 times separate times into the sample input.
  • the chambers are compartmentalized using the sandwich barrier.
  • the sandwich barrier could be decoupled into two separate valves, one valve compartmentalizing only the substrate serpentine, and a second valve compartmentalizing the sample serpentine.
  • a different solution may be introduced into each of the 256 rows using the multiplexer for fluidic routing.
  • the sample collection ports may be advantageously used fluid introduction instead of the purge input.
  • each of the 256 rows contains a separate homogenous solution, all the barrier valves and the mixing barrier may be closed. This loading is followed by purging either the substrate serpentine or sample serpentine with the solution to be assayed. Decoupling is useful during this step by allowing the substrate serpentine to remain compartmentalized while new fluid may be introduced into the sample serpentine, filling the 256 adjacent chambers with a new homogeneous fluid. By opening the mixing barrier, 256 experiments may be performed by diffusive mixing.
  • the devices previously described illustrate that complex fluidic circuits with nearly arbitrary complexity can be fabricated using microfluidic LSI.
  • the rapid, simple fabrication procedure combined with the powerful valve multiplexing can be used to design chips for many applications, ranging from high throughput screening applications to the design of new liquid display technology. Scalability of the process makes it possible to design robust microfluidic devices with even higher densities of functional valve elements.

Abstract

High-density microfluidic chips contain plumbing networks with thousands of micromechanical valves and hundreds of individually addressable chambers. These fluidic devices are analogous to electronic integrated circuits fabricated using large scale integration (LSI). A component of these networks is the fluidic multiplexor, which is a combinatorial array of binary valve patterns that exponentially increases the processing power of a network by allowing complex fluid manipulations with a minimal number of inputs. These integrated microfluidic networks can be used to construct a variety of highly complex microfluidic devices, for example the microfluidic analog of a comparator array, and a microfluidic memory storage device resembling electronic random access memories.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • The instant patent application claims priority from U.S. provisional patent application No. 60/413,860 filed Sep. 25, 2002, hereby incorporated by reference for all purposes.
  • STATEMENT AS TO RIGHTS TO INVENTIONS MADE UNDER FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
  • Work described herein has been supported, in part, by NSF a grant from the Army Research Office (No. DAAD19-00-1-0392) and the DARPA Bioflips program. The United States Government has certain rights in the invention.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • In the first part of the 20th century, engineers faced a problem commonly called the “Tyranny of Numbers”: there is a practical limit to the complexity of macroscopically assembled systems. Using discrete components such as vacuum tubes, complex circuits quickly became very expensive to build and operate. The ENIAC I, created at the university of Pennsylvania in 1946, consisted of 19,000 vacuum tubes, weighed thirty tons, and used 200 kilowatts of power. The transistor was invented at Bell Laboratories in 1947 and went on to replace the bulky vacuum tubes in circuits, but connectivity remained a problem.
  • Although engineers could in principle design increasingly complex circuits consisting of hundreds of thousands of transistors, each component within the circuit had to be hand-soldered: an expensive, labor-intensive process. Adding more components to the circuit decreased its reliability as even a single cold solder joint rendered the circuit useless.
  • In the late 1950s Kilby and Noyce solved the “Tyranny of Numbers” problem for electronics by inventing the integrated circuit. By fabricating all of the components out of a single semiconductor—initially germanium, then silicon—Kilby and Noyce created circuits consisting of transistors, capacitors, resistors and their corresponding interconnects in situ, eliminating the need for manual assembly. By the mid-1970s, improved technology led to the development of large scale integration (LSI): complex integrated circuits containing hundreds to thousands of individual components.
  • Microfluidics offers the possibility of solving similar system integration issues for biology and chemistry. For example, Unger et al., Science, 288 (5463): 113 (2000) previously presented a candidate plumbing technology that allows fabrication of chips with monolithic valves made from the silicone elastomer polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS).
  • However, devices to date have lacked a method for a high degree of integration, other than simple repetition. Microfluidic systems have been used to demonstrate a diverse array of biological applications, including biomolecular separations, enzymatic assays, polymerase chain reaction (PCR), and immunohybridization reactions.
  • While these are excellent individual examples of scaled down processes of laboratory techniques, they are also stand-alone functionalities, comparable to a single component within an integrated circuit. The current industrial approach to addressing true biological integration has come in the form of enormous robotic fluidic workstations that take up entire laboratories and require considerable expense, space and labor, reminiscent of the macroscopic approach to circuits consisting of massive vacuum-tube based arrays in the early twentieth century.
  • Accordingly, there is a need in the art for high density, large scale integrated microfluidic devices, and methods for fabricating same
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • High-density microfluidic chips contain plumbing networks with thousands of micromechanical valves and hundreds of individually addressable chambers. These fluidic devices are analogous to electronic integrated circuits fabricated using large scale integration. A component of these networks is the fluidic multiplexor, which is a combinatorial array of binary valve patterns that exponentially increases the processing power of a network by allowing complex fluid manipulations with a minimal number of inputs. These integrated microfluidic networks can be used to construct the microfluidic analog of a comparator array and a microfluidic memory storage device resembling electronic random access memories.
  • An embodiment of a microfluidic device in accordance with the present invention comprises a microfluidic flow channel formed in a first layer, and a first microfluidic control channel formed in a second layer adjacent to the first layer, the first microfluidic control channel separated from the microfluidic flow channel by a first deflectable membrane. A second microfluidic control channel is adjacent to the first microfluidic control channel and separated from the first microfluidic control channel by a second deflectable membrane.
  • An embodiment of a method in accordance with the present invention for controlling flow in a microfluidic structure, comprises, applying pressure to a control channel of a first control channel network separated from an adjacent flow channel by a first membrane, such that the first membrane is deflected into the flow channel. While pressure is maintained in the first control channel network, a pressure is applied to a control channel of a second control channel network separated from the first flow channel network by a second membrane, such that the second membrane is deflected into and seals the control channel of the first control channel network. While maintaining pressure in the control channel of the second control channel network, pressure in the first control channel network is released such that the first membrane remains deflected into the flow channel.
  • An embodiment of a microfabricated structure in accordance with the present invention comprises an array of storage locations defined by a first plurality of parallel flow channels orthogonal to a second plurality of parallel flow channels. A network of control lines is adjacent to the storage locations to define deflectable valves for isolating the storage locations. A first multiplexor structure is configured to govern flow through the first plurality of parallel flow channels. A second multiplexor structure configured to govern flow through the second plurality of parallel flow channels.
  • An embodiment of a microfabricated one-way valve in accordance with the present invention comprises a first elastomer layer comprising a vertical via portion and a seat portion, and a second elastomer layer comprising a flexible membrane. The flexible membrane has an integral end and a nonintegral end, the nonintegral end in contact with the seat portion and configured to be deflected into a second vertical via portion.
  • An alternative embodiment of a microfluidic device in accordance with the present invention, comprises, an elongated first flow channel, and a control channel overlapping the elongated first flow channel to define a first valve structure, the valve structure configured to deflect into the elongated first flow channel to define first and second segments of the first flow channel. A second flow channel is in fluid communication with the first segment, and a third flow channel in fluid communication with the second segment.
  • An embodiment of a method in accordance with the present invention for isolating elements of heterogeneous sample, comprises, flowing a sample comprising heterogeneous elements down a first elongated microfluidic flow channel. A first valve overlying the first elongated flow channel is actuated to define first and second segments, such that the first segment contains a first element of the heterogeneous sample and the second segment contains a second element of the heterogeneous sample.
  • An alternative embodiment of a microfluidic device in accordance with the present invention, comprises, a selectively-addressable storage location defined within elastomer material. A first flow channel is in selective fluid communication with the storage location through a valve. A second flow channel is in selective fluid communication with the storage location through a second valve.
  • An embodiment of a method in accordance with the present invention for selectively storing and recovering a material in a microfluidic device, comprises, providing a chamber defined within an elastomer material. A material is selectively flowed into the chamber through a first valve in a first flow channel, and the material is selectively flowed from the chamber through a second valve in a second flow channel.
  • These and other embodiments of the present invention, as well as its advantages and features, are described in more detail in conjunction with the text below and attached figures.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 is an illustration of a first elastomeric layer formed on top of a micromachined mold.
  • FIG. 2 is an illustration of a second elastomeric layer fanned on top of a micromachined mold.
  • FIG. 3 is an illustration of the elastomeric layer of FIG. 2 removed from the micromachined mold and positioned over the top of the elastomeric layer of FIG. 1
  • FIG. 4 is an illustration corresponding to FIG. 3, but showing the second elastomeric layer positioned on top of the first elastomeric layer.
  • FIG. 5 is an illustration corresponding to FIG. 4, but showing the first and second elastomeric layers bonded together.
  • FIG. 6 is an illustration corresponding to FIG. 5, but showing the first micromachined mold removed and a planar substrate positioned in its place.
  • FIG. 7A is an illustration corresponding to FIG. 6, but showing the elastomeric structure sealed onto the planar substrate.
  • FIG. 7B is a front sectional view corresponding to FIG. 7A, showing an open flow channel.
  • FIGS. 7C-7G are illustrations showing steps of a method for forming an elastomeric structure having a membrane formed from a separate elastomeric layer.
  • FIG. 7H is a front sectional view showing the valve of FIG. 7B in an actuated state.
  • FIGS. 8A and 8B illustrates valve opening vs. applied pressure for various flow channels.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates time response of a 100 μm×100 μm×10 μm RTV microvalve.
  • FIG. 10 is a front sectional view of the valve of FIG. 7B showing actuation of the membrane.
  • FIG. 11 is a front sectional view of an alternative embodiment of a valve having a flow channel with a curved upper surface.
  • FIG. 12A is a top schematic view of an on/off valve.
  • FIG. 12B is a sectional elevation view along line 23B-23B in FIG. 12A
  • FIG. 13A is a top schematic view of a peristaltic pumping system.
  • FIG. 13B is a sectional elevation view along line 24B-24B in FIG. 13A
  • FIG. 14 is a graph showing experimentally achieved pumping rates vs. frequency for an embodiment of the peristaltic pumping system of FIG. 13.
  • FIG. 15A is a top schematic view of one control line actuating multiple flow lines simultaneously.
  • FIG. 15B is a sectional elevation view along line 26B-26B in FIG. 15A
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic illustration of a multiplexed system adapted to permit flow through various channels.
  • FIGS. 17A-D show plan views of one embodiment of a switchable flow array.
  • FIGS. 18A-D show plan views of one embodiment of a cell pen array structure.
  • FIG. 19A shows a simplified plan view illustrating a binary tree microfluidic multiplexor operational diagram.
  • FIG. 19B shows a simplified plan view illustrating a tertiary tree microfluidic multiplexor operational diagram.
  • FIG. 20 shows a simplified cross-sectional view of the general microfluidic architecture of the devices of FIGS. 19A-B.
  • FIG. 21 shows a simplified plan view of an embodiment of a microfluidic structure utilizing control channels to control other control channels.
  • FIG. 21A shows a simplified cross-sectional view of the structure of FIG. 21 taken along the line 21A-21A′
  • FIG. 21B shows a simplified cross-sectional view of the structure of FIG. 21 taken along the line 21B-21B′.
  • FIG. 22 shows a simplified cross-sectional view of the general microfluidic architecture of the device of FIGS. 21-21B.
  • FIG. 23 shows a simplified plan view of an alternative embodiment of a microfluidic structure utilizing control channels to control other control channels.
  • FIG. 23A shows a simplified cross-sectional view of the structure of FIG. 23 taken along the line 23A-23N.
  • FIG. 23B shows a simplified cross-sectional view of the structure of FIG. 23 taken along the line 23B-23B′.
  • FIG. 24 shows a simplified cross-sectional view of the general microfluidic architecture of the device of FIGS. 23-23B.
  • FIG. 25 shows a simplified cross-sectional view of the general microfluidic architecture of another embodiment of a device utilizing control over control lines by other control lines.
  • FIG. 26 shows a simplified plan view of one embodiment of an inverse multiplexor structure in accordance with the present invention.
  • FIG. 27 shows a simplified plan view of one embodiment of a cascaded multiplexor structure in accordance with the present invention.
  • FIG. 28 shows a simplified plan view of an embodiment of a modified multiplexor in accordance with the present invention.
  • FIG. 29A shows an optical micrograph of a microfluidic memory storage device.
  • FIG. 29B is a simplified and enlarged plan view showing purging mechanics for a single chamber within a selected row of the chip shown in FIG. 29A.
  • FIGS. 29C-F are simplified enlarged views of the array of FIG. 29A showing loading and purging of an individual storage location.
  • FIG. 29G shows a demonstration of microfluidic memory display.
  • FIG. 30A shows an optical micrograph of a microfluidic comparator chip.
  • FIG. 30B is a simplified schematic view of the microfluidic comparator chip of FIG. 30A.
  • FIGS. 30C-H are enlarged simplified plan views showing loading of the chamber of the microfluidic structure of FIG. 30A.
  • FIGS. 31A-D are a set of optical micrographs showing a portion of the comparator in action.
  • FIG. 32A shows a schematic diagram of the microfluidic comparator logic using and enzyme and fluorogenic substrate.
  • FIG. 32B shows a scanned fluorescence image of the chip in comparator mode.
  • FIG. 32C shows a μHTS comparator and the effect of heterogeneous mixture of eGFP expressing control cells and CCP expressing cells on output signal.
  • FIG. 33 plots the number of control lines versus the number of flow lines being controlled, for various base n multiplexer structures.
  • FIGS. 34A-C show simplified cross-sectional views illustrating structure and operation of an embodiment of a vertical one-way valve in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIGS. 35A-D show simplified cross-sectional views illustrating structure and operation of one pixel of a microfluidic display device in accordance with the present invention.
  • FIG. 36 shows a plan view of one embodiment of a display simplified cross-sectional views illustrating structure and operation of one pixel of a display device in accordance with the present invention.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PRESENT INVENTION I. Microfabrication Overview
  • The following discussion relates to formation of microfabricated fluidic devices utilizing elastomer materials, as described generally in U.S. nonprovisional patent application Ser. Nos. 10/118,466 filed Apr. 5, 2002, 09/997,205 filed Nov. 28, 2001, 09/826,585 filed Apr. 6, 2001, 09/724,784 filed Nov. 28, 2000, and 09/605,520, filed Jun. 27, 2000. These patent applications are hereby incorporated by reference for all purposes.
  • 1. Methods of Fabricating
  • Exemplary methods of fabricating the present invention are provided herein. It is to be understood that the present invention is not limited to fabrication by one or the other of these methods. Rather, other suitable methods of fabricating the present microstructures, including modifying the present methods, are also contemplated.
  • FIGS. 1 to 7B illustrate sequential steps of a first preferred method of fabricating the present microstructure, (which may be used as a pump or valve). FIGS. 8 to 18 illustrate sequential steps of a second preferred method of fabricating the present microstructure, (which also may be used as a pump or valve).
  • As will be explained, the preferred method of FIGS. 1 to 7B involves using pre-cured elastomer layers which are assembled and bonded. In an alternative method, each layer of elastomer may be cured “in place”. In the following description “channel” refers to a recess in the elastomeric structure which can contain a flow of fluid or gas.
  • Referring to FIG. 1, a first micro-machined mold 10 is provided. Micro-machined mold 10 may be fabricated by a number of conventional silicon processing methods, including but not limited to photolithography, ion-milling, and electron beam lithography.
  • As can be seen, micro-machined mold 10 has a raised line or protrusion 11 extending therealong. A first elastomeric layer 20 is cast on top of mold 10 such that a first recess 21 will be formed in the bottom surface of elastomeric layer 20, (recess 22 corresponding in dimension to protrusion 11), as shown.
  • As can be seen in FIG. 2, a second micro-machined mold 12 having a raised protrusion 13 extending therealong is also provided. A second elastomeric layer 22 is cast on top of mold 12, as shown, such that a recess 23 will be formed in its bottom surface corresponding to the dimensions of protrusion 13.
  • As can be seen in the sequential steps illustrated in FIGS. 3 and 4, second elastomeric layer 22 is then removed from mold 12 and placed on top of first elastomeric layer 20. As can be seen, recess 23 extending along the bottom surface of second elastomeric layer 22 will form a flow channel 32.
  • Referring to FIG. 5, the separate first and second elastomeric layers 20 and 22 (FIG. 4) are then bonded together to form an integrated (i.e.: monolithic) elastomeric structure 24.
  • As can been seen in the sequential step of FIGS. 6 and 7A, elastomeric structure 24 is then removed from mold 10 and positioned on top of a planar substrate 14. As can be seen in FIGS. 7A and 7B, when elastomeric structure 24 has been sealed at its bottom surface to planar substrate 14, recess 21 will form a flow channel 30.
  • The present elastomeric structures form a reversible hermetic seal with nearly any smooth planar substrate. An advantage to forming a seal this way is that the elastomeric structures may be peeled up, washed, and re-used. In preferred aspects, planar substrate 14 is glass. A further advantage of using glass is that glass is transparent, allowing optical interrogation of elastomer channels and reservoirs. Alternatively, the elastomeric structure may be bonded onto a flat elastomer layer by the same method as described above, forming a permanent and high-strength bond. This may prove advantageous when higher back pressures are used.
  • As can be seen in FIGS. 7A and 7B, flow channels 30 and 32 are preferably disposed at an angle to one another with a small membrane 25 of substrate 24 separating the top of flow channel 30 from the bottom of flow channel 32.
  • In preferred aspects, planar substrate 14 is glass. An advantage of using glass is that the present elastomeric structures may be peeled up, washed and reused. A further advantage of using glass is that optical sensing may be employed. Alternatively, planar substrate 14 may be an elastomer itself, which may prove advantageous when higher back pressures are used.
  • The method of fabrication just described may be varied to form a structure having a membrane composed of an elastomeric material different than that forming the walls of the channels of the device. This variant fabrication method is illustrated in FIGS. 7C-7G.
  • Referring to FIG. 7C, a first micro-machined mold 10 is provided. Micro-machined mold 10 has a raised line or protrusion 11 extending therealong. In FIG. 7D, first elastomeric layer 20 is cast on top of first micro-machined mold 10 such that the top of the first elastomeric layer 20 is flush with the top of raised line or protrusion 11. This may be accomplished by carefully controlling the volume of elastomeric material spun onto mold 10 relative to the known height of raised line 11. Alternatively, the desired shape could be formed by injection molding.
  • In FIG. 7E, second micro-machined mold 12 having a raised protrusion 13 extending therealong is also provided. Second elastomeric layer 22 is cast on top of second mold 12 as shown, such that recess 23 is formed in its bottom surface corresponding to the dimensions of protrusion 13.
  • In FIG. 7F, second elastomeric layer 22 is removed from mold 12 and placed on top of third elastomeric layer 222. Second elastomeric layer 22 is bonded to third elastomeric layer 20 to form integral elastomeric block 224 using techniques described in detail below. At this point in the process, recess 23 formerly occupied by raised line 13 will form flow channel 23.
  • In FIG. 7G, elastomeric block 224 is placed on top of first micro-machined mold 10 and first elastomeric layer 20. Elastomeric block and first elastomeric layer 20 are then bonded together to form an integrated (i.e.: monolithic) elastomeric structure 24 having a membrane composed of a separate elastomeric layer 222.
  • When elastomeric structure 24 has been sealed at its bottom surface to a planar substrate in the manner described above in connection with FIG. 7A, the recess formerly occupied by raised line 11 will form flow channel 30.
  • The variant fabrication method illustrated above in conjunction with FIGS. 7C-7G offers the advantage of permitting the membrane portion to be composed of a separate material than the elastomeric material of the remainder of the structure. This is important because the thickness and elastic properties of the membrane play a key role in operation of the device. Moreover, this method allows the separate elastomer layer to readily be subjected to conditioning prior to incorporation into the elastomer structure. As discussed in detail below, examples of potentially desirable condition include the introduction of magnetic or electrically conducting species to permit actuation of the membrane, and/or the introduction of dopant into the membrane in order to alter its elasticity.
  • While the above method is illustrated in connection with forming various shaped elastomeric layers formed by replication molding on top of a micromachined mold, the present invention is not limited to this technique. Other techniques could be employed to form the individual layers of shaped elastomeric material that are to be bonded together. For example, a shaped layer of elastomeric material could be formed by laser cutting or injection molding, or by methods utilizing chemical etching and/or sacrificial materials as discussed below in conjunction with the second exemplary method.
  • An alternative method fabricates a patterned elastomer structure utilizing development of photoresist encapsulated within elastomer material. However, the methods in accordance with the present invention are not limited to utilizing photoresist. Other materials such as metals could also serve as sacrificial materials to be removed selective to the surrounding elastomer material, and the method would remain within the scope of the present invention. For example, gold metal may be etched selective to RTV 615 elastomer utilizing the appropriate chemical mixture.
  • 2. Layer and Channel Dimensions
  • Microfabricated refers to the size of features of an elastomeric structure fabricated in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. In general, variation in at least one dimension of microfabricated structures is controlled to the micron level, with at least one dimension being microscopic (i.e. below 1000 μm). Microfabrication typically involves semiconductor or MEMS fabrication techniques such as photolithography and spincoating that are designed for to produce feature dimensions on the microscopic level, with at least some of the dimension of the microfabricated structure requiring a microscope to reasonably resolve/image the structure.
  • In preferred aspects, flow channels 30, 32, 60 and 62 preferably have width-to-depth ratios of about 10:1. A non-exclusive list of other ranges of width-to-depth ratios in accordance with embodiments of the present invention is 0.1:1 to 100:1, more preferably 1:1 to 50:1, more preferably 2:1 to 20:1, and most preferably 3:1 to 15:1. In an exemplary aspect, flow channels 30, 32, 60 and 62 have widths of about 1 to 1000 microns. A non-exclusive list of other ranges of widths of flow channels in accordance with embodiments of the present invention is 0.01 to 1000 microns, more preferably 0.05 to 1000 microns, more preferably 0.2 to 500 microns, more preferably 1 to 250 microns, and most preferably 10 to 200 microns. Exemplary channel widths include 0.1 μm, 1 μm, 2 μm, 5 μm, 10 μM, 20 μm, 30 μm, 40 μm, 50 μm, 60 μm, 70 μm, 80 μm, 90 μm, 100 μm, 110 μm, 120 μm, 130 μm, 140 μm, 150 μm, 160 μm, 170 μm, 180 μm, 190 μm, 200 μm, 210 μm, 220 μM, 230 μm, 240 μm, and 250 μm.
  • Flow channels 30, 32, 60, and 62 have depths of about 1 to 100 microns. A non-exclusive list of other ranges of depths of flow channels in accordance with embodiments of the present invention is 0.01 to 1000 microns, more preferably 0.05 to 500 microns, more preferably 0.2 to 250 microns, and more preferably 1 to 100 microns, more preferably 2 to 20 microns, and most preferably 5 to 10 microns. Exemplary channel depths include including 0.01 μm, 0.02 μm, 0.05 μm, 0.1 μm, 0.2 μm, 0.5 μm, 1 μm, 2 μm, 3 μm, 4 μm, 5 μm, 7.5 μm, 10 μm, 12.5 μm, 15 μm, 17.5 μm, 20 μm, 22.5 μm, 25 μm, 30 μm, 40 μm, 50 μm, 75 μm, 100 μm, 150 μm, 200 μm, and 250 μm.
  • The flow channels are not limited to these specific dimension ranges and examples given above, and may vary in width in order to affect the magnitude of force required to deflect the membrane as discussed at length below in conjunction with FIG. 27. For example, extremely narrow flow channels having a width on the order of 0.01 μm may be useful in optical and other applications, as discussed in detail below. Elastomeric structures which include portions having channels of even greater width than described above are also contemplated by the present invention, and examples of applications of utilizing such wider flow channels include fluid reservoir and mixing channel structures.
  • The Elastomeric layers may be cast thick for mechanical stability. In an exemplary embodiment, elastomeric layer 22 of FIG. 1 is 50 microns to several centimeters thick, and more preferably approximately 4 mm thick. A non-exclusive list of ranges of thickness of the elastomer layer in accordance with other embodiments of the present invention is between about 0.1 micron to 10 cm, 1 micron to 5 cm, 10 microns to 2 cm, 100 microns to 10 mm.
  • Accordingly, membrane 25 of FIG. 7B separating flow channels 30 and 32 has a typical thickness of between about 0.01 and 1000 microns, more preferably 0.05 to 500 microns, more preferably 0.2 to 250, more preferably 1 to 100 microns, more preferably 2 to 50 microns, and most preferably 5 to 40 microns. As such, the thickness of elastomeric layer 22 is about 100 times the thickness of elastomeric layer 20. Exemplary membrane thicknesses include 0.01 μm, 0.02 μm, 0.03 μm, 0.05 μm, 0.1 μm, 0.2 μm, 0.3 μm, 0.5 μm, 1 μm, 2 μm, 3 μm, 5 μm, 7.5 μm, 10 μM, 12.5 μm, 15 μm, 17.5 μm, 20 μm, 22.5 μm, 25 μm, 30 μm, 40 μm, 50 μm, 75 μm, 100 μm, 150 μm, 200 μm, 250 μm, 300 μm, 400 μm, 500 μm, 750 μm, and 1000 μm.
  • 3. Soft Lithographic Bonding
  • Preferably, elastomeric layers are bonded together chemically, using chemistry that is intrinsic to the polymers comprising the patterned elastomer layers. Most preferably, the bonding comprises two component “addition cure” bonding.
  • In a preferred aspect, the various layers of elastomer are bound together in a heterogenous bonding in which the layers have a different chemistry. Alternatively, a homogenous bonding may be used in which all layers would be of the same chemistry. Thirdly, the respective elastomer layers may optionally be glued together by an adhesive instead. In a fourth aspect, the elastomeric layers may be thermoset elastomers bonded together by heating.
  • In one aspect of homogeneous bonding, the elastomeric layers are composed of the same elastomer material, with the same chemical entity in one layer reacting with the same chemical entity in the other layer to bond the layers together. In one embodiment, bonding between polymer chains of like elastomer layers may result from activation of a crosslinking agent due to light, heat, or chemical reaction with a separate chemical species.
  • Alternatively in a heterogeneous aspect, the elastomeric layers are composed of different elastomeric materials, with a first chemical entity in one layer reacting with a second chemical entity in another layer. In one exemplary heterogenous aspect, the bonding process used to bind respective elastomeric layers together may comprise bonding together two layers of RTV 615 silicone. RTV 615 silicone is a two-part addition-cure silicone rubber. Part A contains vinyl groups and catalyst; part B contains silicon hydride (Si—H) groups. The conventional ratio for RTV 615 is 10A:1B. For bonding, one layer may be made with 30A:1B (i.e. excess vinyl groups) and the other with 3A:1B (i.e. excess Si—H groups). Each layer is cured separately. When the two layers are brought into contact and heated at elevated temperature, they bond irreversibly forming a monolithic elastomeric substrate.
  • In an exemplary aspect of the present invention, elastomeric structures are formed utilizing Sylgard 182, 184 or 186, or aliphatic urethane diacrylates such as (but not limited to) Ebecryl 270 or Irr 245 from UCB Chemical.
  • In one embodiment in accordance with the present invention, two-layer elastomeric structures were fabricated from pure acrylated Urethane Ebe 270. A thin bottom layer was spin coated at 8000 rpm for 15 seconds at 170° C. The top and bottom layers were initially cured under ultraviolet light for 10 minutes under nitrogen utilizing a Model ELC 500 device manufactured by Electrolite corporation. The assembled layers were then cured for an additional 30 minutes. Reaction was catalyzed by a 0.5% vol/vol mixture of Irgacure 500 manufactured by Ciba-Geigy Chemicals. The resulting elastomeric material exhibited moderate elasticity and adhesion to glass.
  • In another embodiment in accordance with the present invention, two-layer elastomeric structures were fabricated from a combination of 25% Ebe 270/50% Irr245/25% isopropyl alcohol for a thin bottom layer, and pure acrylated Urethane Ebe 270 as a top layer. The thin bottom layer was initially cured for 5 min, and the top layer initially cured for 10 minutes, under ultraviolet light under nitrogen utilizing a Model ELC 500 device manufactured by Electrolite corporation. The assembled layers were then cured for an additional 30 minutes. Reaction was catalyzed by a 0.5% vol/vol mixture of Irgacure 500 manufactured by Ciba-Geigy Chemicals. The resulting elastomeric material exhibited moderate elasticity and adhered to glass.
  • Alternatively, other bonding methods may be used, including activating the elastomer surface, for example by plasma exposure, so that the elastomer layers/substrate will bond when placed in contact. For example, one possible approach to bonding together elastomer layers composed of the same material is set forth by Duffy et al, “Rapid Prototyping of Microfluidic Systems in Poly(dimethylsiloxane)”, Analytical Chemistry (1998), 70, 4974-4984, incorporated herein by reference. This paper discusses that exposing polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) layers to oxygen plasma causes oxidation of the surface, with irreversible bonding occurring when the two oxidized layers are placed into contact.
  • Yet another approach to bonding together successive layers of elastomer is to utilize the adhesive properties of uncured elastomer. Specifically, a thin layer of uncured elastomer such as RTV 615 is applied on top of a first cured elastomeric layer. Next, a second cured elastomeric layer is placed on top of the uncured elastomeric layer. The thin middle layer of uncured elastomer is then cured to produce a monolithic elastomeric structure. Alternatively, uncured elastomer can be applied to the bottom of a first cured elastomer layer, with the first cured elastomer layer placed on top of a second cured elastomer layer. Curing the middle thin elastomer layer again results in formation of a monolithic elastomeric structure.
  • Where encapsulation of sacrificial layers is employed to fabricate the elastomer structure, bonding of successive elastomeric layers may be accomplished by pouring uncured elastomer over a previously cured elastomeric layer and any sacrificial material patterned thereupon. Bonding between elastomer layers occurs due to interpenetration and reaction of the polymer chains of an uncured elastomer layer with the polymer chains of a cured elastomer layer. Subsequent curing of the elastomeric layer will create a bond between the elastomeric layers and create a monolithic elastomeric structure.
  • Referring to the first method of FIGS. 1 to 7B, first elastomeric layer 20 may be created by spin-coating an RTV mixture on microfabricated mold 12 at 2000 rpm's for 30 seconds yielding a thickness of approximately 40 microns. Second elastomeric layer 22 may be created by spin-coating an RTV mixture on microfabricated mold 11. Both layers 20 and 22 may be separately baked or cured at about 80° C. for 1.5 hours. The second elastomeric layer 22 may be bonded onto first elastomeric layer 20 at about 80° C. for about 1.5 hours.
  • Micromachined molds 10 and 12 may be patterned photoresist on silicon wafers. In an exemplary aspect, a Shipley SJR 5740 photoresist was spun at 2000 rpm patterned with a high resolution transparency film as a mask and then developed yielding an inverse channel of approximately 10 microns in height. When baked at approximately 200° C. for about 30 minutes, the photoresist reflows and the inverse channels become rounded. In preferred aspects, the molds may be treated with trimethylchlorosilane (TMCS) vapor for about a minute before each use in order to prevent adhesion of silicone rubber.
  • 4. Suitable Elastomeric Materials
  • Allcock et al, Contemporary Polymer Chemistry, 2nd Ed. describes elastomers in general as polymers existing at a temperature between their glass transition temperature and liquefaction temperature. Elastomeric materials exhibit elastic properties because the polymer chains readily undergo torsional motion to permit uncoiling of the backbone chains in response to a force, with the backbone chains recoiling to assume the prior shape in the absence of the force. In general, elastomers deform when force is applied, but then return to their original shape when the force is removed. The elasticity exhibited by elastomeric materials may be characterized by a Young's modulus. Elastomeric materials having a Young's modulus of between about 1 Pa-1 TPa, more preferably between about 10 Pa-100 GPa, more preferably between about 20 Pa-1 GPa, more preferably between about 50 Pa-10 MPa, and more preferably between about 100 Pa-1 MPa are useful in accordance with the present invention, although elastomeric materials having a Young's modulus outside of these ranges could also be utilized depending upon the needs of a particular application.
  • The systems of the present invention may be fabricated from a wide variety of elastomers. In an exemplary aspect, the elastomeric layers may preferably be fabricated from silicone rubber. However, other suitable elastomers may also be used.
  • In an exemplary aspect of the present invention, the present systems are fabricated from an elastomeric polymer such as GE RTV 615 (formulation), a vinyl-silane crosslinked (type) silicone elastomer (family). However, the present systems are not limited to this one formulation, type or even this family of polymer; rather, nearly any elastomeric polymer is suitable. An important requirement for the preferred method of fabrication of the present microvalves is the ability to bond multiple layers of elastomers together. In the case of multilayer soft lithography, layers of elastomer are cured separately and then bonded together. This scheme requires that cured layers possess sufficient reactivity to bond together. Either the layers may be of the same type, and are capable of bonding to themselves, or they may be of two different types, and are capable of bonding to each other. Other possibilities include the use an adhesive between layers and the use of thermoset elastomers.
  • Given the tremendous diversity of polymer chemistries, precursors, synthetic methods, reaction conditions, and potential additives, there are a huge number of possible elastomer systems that could be used to make monolithic elastomeric microvalves and pumps. Variations in the materials used will most likely be driven by the need for particular material properties, i.e. solvent resistance, stiffness, gas permeability, or temperature stability.
  • There are many, many types of elastomeric polymers. A brief description of the most common classes of elastomers is presented here, with the intent of showing that even with relatively “standard” polymers, many possibilities for bonding exist. Common elastomeric polymers include polyisoprene, polybutadiene, polychloroprene, polyisobutylene, poly(styrene-butadiene-styrene), the polyurethanes, and silicones.
  • Polyisoprene, Polybutadiene, Polychloroprene:
  • Polyisoprene, polybutadiene, and polychloroprene are all polymerized from diene monomers, and therefore have one double bond per monomer when polymerized. This double bond allows the polymers to be converted to elastomers by vulcanization (essentially, sulfur is used to form crosslinks between the double bonds by heating). This would easily allow homogeneous multilayer soft lithography by incomplete vulcanization of the layers to be bonded; photoresist encapsulation would be possible by a similar mechanism.
  • Polyisobutylene:
  • Pure Polyisobutylene has no double bonds, but is crosslinked to use as an elastomer by including a small amount (˜1%) of isoprene in the polymerization. The isoprene monomers give pendant double bonds on the Polyisobutylene backbone, which may then be vulcanized as above.
  • Poly(styrene-butadiene-styrene):
  • Poly(styrene-butadiene-styrene) is produced by living anionic polymerization (that is, there is no natural chain-terminating step in the reaction), so “live” polymer ends can exist in the cured polymer. This makes it a natural candidate for the present photoresist encapsulation system (where there will be plenty of unreacted monomer in the liquid layer poured on top of the cured layer). Incomplete curing would allow homogeneous multilayer soft lithography (A to A bonding). The chemistry also facilitates making one layer with extra butadiene (“A”) and coupling agent and the other layer (“B”) with a butadiene deficit (for heterogeneous multilayer soft lithography). SBS is a “thermoset elastomer”, meaning that above a certain temperature it melts and becomes plastic (as opposed to elastic); reducing the temperature yields the elastomer again. Thus, layers can be bonded together by heating.
  • Polyurethanes:
  • Polyurethanes are produced from di-isocyanates (A-A) and di-alcohols or di-amines (B-B); since there are a large variety of di-isocyanates and di-alcohols/amines, the number of different types of polyurethanes is huge. The A vs. B nature of the polymers, however, would make them useful for heterogeneous multilayer soft lithography just as RTV 615 is: by using excess A-A in one layer and excess B-B in the other layer.
  • Silicones:
  • Silicone polymers probably have the greatest structural variety, and almost certainly have the greatest number of commercially available formulations. The vinyl-to-(Si—H) crosslinking of RTV 615 (which allows both heterogeneous multilayer soft lithography and photoresist encapsulation) has already been discussed, but this is only one of several crosslinking methods used in silicone polymer chemistry.
  • 5. Operation of Device
  • FIGS. 7B and 7H together show the closing of a first flow channel by pressurizing a second flow channel, with FIG. 7B (a front sectional view cutting through flow channel 32 in corresponding FIG. 7A), showing an open first flow channel 30; with FIG. 7H showing first flow channel 30 closed by pressurization of the second flow channel 32.
  • Referring to FIG. 7B, first flow channel 30 and second flow channel 32 are shown. Membrane 25 separates the flow channels, forming the top of first flow channel 30 and the bottom of second flow channel 32. As can be seen, flow channel 30 is “open”.
  • As can be seen in FIG. 7H, pressurization of flow channel 32 (either by gas or liquid introduced therein) causes membrane 25 to deflect downward, thereby pinching off flow F passing through flow channel 30. Accordingly, by varying the pressure in channel 32, a linearly actuable valving system is provided such that flow channel 30 can be opened or closed by moving membrane 25 as desired. (For illustration purposes only, channel 30 in FIG. 7G is shown in a “mostly closed” position, rather than a “fully closed” position).
  • Since such valves are actuated by moving the roof of the channels themselves (i.e.: moving membrane 25) valves and pumps produced by this technique have a truly zero dead volume, and switching valves made by this technique have a dead volume approximately equal to the active volume of the valve, for example about 100×100×10 μm=100 pL. Such dead volumes and areas consumed by the moving membrane are approximately two orders of magnitude smaller than known conventional microvalves.
  • Smaller and larger valves and switching valves are contemplated in the present invention, and a non-exclusive list of ranges of dead volume includes 1 aL to 1 uL, 100 aL to 100 nL, 1 fL to 10 nL, 100 fL to 1 nL, and 1 pL to 100 pL.
  • The extremely small volumes capable of being delivered by pumps and valves in accordance with the present invention represent a substantial advantage. Specifically, the smallest known volumes of fluid capable of being manually metered is around 0.1 μl. The smallest known volumes capable of being metered by automated systems is about ten-times larger (1 μl). Utilizing pumps and valves in accordance with the present invention, volumes of liquid of 10 nl or smaller can routinely be metered and dispensed. The accurate metering of extremely small volumes of fluid enabled by the present invention would be extremely valuable in a large number of biological applications, including diagnostic tests and assays.
  • Equation 1 represents a highly simplified mathematical model of deflection of a rectangular, linear, elastic, isotropic plate of uniform thickness by an applied pressure:

  • w=(BPb 4)/(Eh 3), where:  (1)
      • w=deflection of plate;
      • B=shape coefficient (dependent upon length vs. width and support of edges of plate);
      • P=applied pressure;
      • b=plate width
      • E=Young's modulus; and
      • h=plate thickness.
  • Thus even in this extremely simplified expression, deflection of an elastomeric membrane in response to a pressure will be a function of: the length, width, and thickness of the membrane, the flexibility of the membrane (Young's modulus), and the applied actuation force. Because each of these parameters will vary widely depending upon the actual dimensions and physical composition of a particular elastomeric device in accordance with the present invention, a wide range of membrane thicknesses and elasticity's, channel widths, and actuation forces are contemplated by the present invention.
  • It should be understood that the formula just presented is only an approximation, since in general the membrane does not have uniform thickness, the membrane thickness is not necessarily small compared to the length and width, and the deflection is not necessarily small compared to length, width, or thickness of the membrane. Nevertheless, the equation serves as a useful guide for adjusting variable parameters to achieve a desired response of deflection versus applied force.
  • FIGS. 8A and 8B illustrate valve opening vs. applied pressure for a 100 μm wide first flow channel 30 and a 50 μm wide second flow channel 32. The membrane of this device was formed by a layer of General Electric Silicones RTV 615 having a thickness of approximately 30 μm and a Young's modulus of approximately 750 kPa. FIGS. 21 a and 21 b show the extent of opening of the valve to be substantially linear over most of the range of applied pressures.
  • Air pressure was applied to actuate the membrane of the device through a 10 cm long piece of plastic tubing having an outer diameter of 0.025″ connected to a 25 mm piece of stainless steel hypodermic tubing with an outer diameter of 0.025″ and an inner diameter of 0.013″. This tubing was placed into contact with the control channel by insertion into the elastomeric block in a direction normal to the control channel. Air pressure was applied to the hypodermic tubing from an external LHDA miniature solenoid valve manufactured by Lee Co.
  • While control of the flow of material through the device has so far been described utilizing applied gas pressure, other fluids could be used.
  • For example, air is compressible, and thus experiences some finite delay between the time of application of pressure by the external solenoid valve and the time that this pressure is experienced by the membrane. In an alternative embodiment of the present invention, pressure could be applied from an external source to a noncompressible fluid such as water or hydraulic oils, resulting in a near-instantaneous transfer of applied pressure to the membrane. However, if the displaced volume of the valve is large or the control channel is narrow, higher viscosity of a control fluid may contribute to delay in actuation. The optimal medium for transferring pressure will therefore depend upon the particular application and device configuration, and both gaseous and liquid media are contemplated by the invention.
  • While external applied pressure as described above has been applied by a pump/tank system through a pressure regulator and external miniature valve, other methods of applying external pressure are also contemplated in the present invention, including gas tanks, compressors, piston systems, and columns of liquid. Also contemplated is the use of naturally occurring pressure sources such as may be found inside living organisms, such as blood pressure, gastric pressure, the pressure present in the cerebrospinal fluid, pressure present in the intra-ocular space, and the pressure exerted by muscles during normal flexure. Other methods of regulating external pressure are also contemplated, such as miniature valves, pumps, macroscopic peristaltic pumps, pinch valves, and other types of fluid regulating equipment such as is known in the art.
  • As can be seen, the response of valves in accordance with embodiments of the present invention have been experimentally shown to be almost perfectly linear over a large portion of its range of travel, with minimal hysteresis. Accordingly, the present valves are ideally suited for microfluidic metering and fluid control. The linearity of the valve response demonstrates that the individual valves are well modeled as Hooke's Law springs. Furthermore, high pressures in the flow channel (i.e.: back pressure) can be countered simply by increasing the actuation pressure. Experimentally, the present inventors have achieved valve closure at back pressures of 70 kPa, but higher pressures are also contemplated. The following is a nonexclusive list of pressure ranges encompassed by the present invention: 10 Pa-25 MPa; 100 Pa-10 Mpa, 1 kPa-1 MPa, 1 kPa-300 kPa, 5 kPa-200 kPa, and 15 kPa-100 kPa.
  • While valves and pumps do not require linear actuation to open and close, linear response does allow valves to more easily be used as metering devices. In one embodiment of the invention, the opening of the valve is used to control flow rate by being partially actuated to a known degree of closure. Linear valve actuation makes it easier to determine the amount of actuation force required to close the valve to a desired degree of closure. Another benefit of linear actuation is that the force required for valve actuation may be easily determined from the pressure in the flow channel. If actuation is linear, increased pressure in the flow channel may be countered by adding the same pressure (force per unit area) to the actuated portion of the valve.
  • Linearity of a valve depends on the structure, composition, and method of actuation of the valve structure. Furthermore, whether linearity is a desirable characteristic in a valve depends on the application. Therefore, both linearly and non-linearly actuable valves are contemplated in the present invention, and the pressure ranges over which a valve is linearly actuable will vary with the specific embodiment.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates time response (i.e.: closure of valve as a function of time in response to a change in applied pressure) of a 100 μm×100 μm×10 μm RTV microvalve with 10-cm-long air tubing connected from the chip to a pneumatic valve as described above.
  • Two periods of digital control signal, actual air pressure at the end of the tubing and valve opening are shown in FIG. 9. The pressure applied on the control line is 100 kPa, which is substantially higher than the ˜40 kPa required to close the valve. Thus, when closing, the valve is pushed closed with a pressure 60 kPa greater than required. When opening, however, the valve is driven back to its rest position only by its own spring force (≦40 kPa). Thus, τclose is expected to be smaller than τopen. There is also a lag between the control signal and control pressure response, due to the limitations of the miniature valve used to control the pressure. Calling such lags t and the 1/e time constants τ, the values are: topen=3.63 ms, τopen=1.88 ms, tclose=2.15 ms, τclose=0.51 ms. If 3τ each are allowed for opening and closing, the valve runs comfortably at 75 Hz when filled with aqueous solution.
  • If one used another actuation method which did not suffer from opening and closing lag, this valve would run at ˜375 Hz. Note also that the spring constant can be adjusted by changing the membrane thickness; this allows optimization for either fast opening or fast closing. The spring constant could also be adjusted by changing the elasticity (Young's modulus) of the membrane, as is possible by introducing dopant into the membrane or by utilizing a different elastomeric material to serve as the membrane (described above in conjunction with FIGS. 7C-7H.)
  • When experimentally measuring the valve properties as illustrated in FIG. 9 the valve opening was measured by fluorescence. In these experiments, the flow channel was filled with a solution of fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC) in buffer (pH≧8) and the fluorescence of a square area occupying the center ˜⅓rd of the channel is monitored on an epi-fluorescence microscope with a photomultiplier tube with a 10 kHz bandwidth. The pressure was monitored with a Wheatstone-bridge pressure sensor (SenSym SCC15GD2) pressurized simultaneously with the control line through nearly identical pneumatic connections.
  • 6. Flow Channel Cross Sections
  • The flow channels of the present invention may optionally be designed with different cross sectional sizes and shapes, offering different advantages, depending upon their desired application. For example, the cross sectional shape of the lower flow channel may have a curved upper surface, either along its entire length or in the region disposed under an upper cross channel). Such a curved upper surface facilitates valve sealing, as follows.
  • Referring to FIG. 10, a cross sectional view (similar to that of FIG. 7B) through flow channels 30 and 32 is shown. As can be seen, flow channel 30 is rectangular in cross sectional shape. In an alternate preferred aspect of the invention, as shown in FIG. 10, the cross-section of a flow channel 30 instead has an upper curved surface.
  • Referring first to FIG. 10, when flow channel 32 is pressurized, the membrane portion 25 of elastomeric block 24 separating flow channels 30 and 32 will move downwardly to the successive positions shown by the dotted lines 25A, 25B, 25C, 25D, and 25E. As can be seen, incomplete sealing may possibly result at the edges of flow channel 30 adjacent planar substrate 14.
  • In the alternate preferred embodiment of FIG. 11, flow channel 30 a has a curved upper wall 25A. When flow channel 32 is pressurized, membrane portion 25 will move downwardly to the successive positions shown by dotted lines 25A2, 25A3, 25A4 and 25A5, with edge portions of the membrane moving first into the flow channel, followed by top membrane portions. An advantage of having such a curved upper surface at membrane 25A is that a more complete seal will be provided when flow channel 32 is pressurized. Specifically, the upper wall of the flow channel 30 will provide a continuous contacting edge against planar substrate 14, thereby avoiding the “island” of contact seen between wall 25 and the bottom of flow channel 30 in FIG. 10.
  • Another advantage of having a curved upper flow channel surface at membrane 25A is that the membrane can more readily conform to the shape and volume of the flow channel in response to actuation. Specifically, where a rectangular flow channel is employed, the entire perimeter (2× flow channel height, plus the flow channel width) must be forced into the flow channel. However where an arched flow channel is used, a smaller perimeter of material (only the semi-circular arched portion) must be forced into the channel. In this manner, the membrane requires less change in perimeter for actuation and is therefore more responsive to an applied actuation force to block the flow channel
  • In an alternate aspect, (not illustrated), the bottom of flow channel 30 is rounded such that its curved surface mates with the curved upper wall 25A as seen in FIG. 20 described above.
  • In summary, the actual conformational change experienced by the membrane upon actuation will depend upon the configuration of the particular elastomeric structure. Specifically, the conformational change will depend upon the length, width, and thickness profile of the membrane, its attachment to the remainder of the structure, and the height, width, and shape of the flow and control channels and the material properties of the elastomer used. The conformational change may also depend upon the method of actuation, as actuation of the membrane in response to an applied pressure will vary somewhat from actuation in response to a magnetic or electrostatic force.
  • Moreover, the desired conformational change in the membrane will also vary depending upon the particular application for the elastomeric structure. In the simplest embodiments described above, the valve may either be open or closed, with metering to control the degree of closure of the valve. In other embodiments however, it may be desirable to alter the shape of the membrane and/or the flow channel in order to achieve more complex flow regulation. For instance, the flow channel could be provided with raised protrusions beneath the membrane portion, such that upon actuation the membrane shuts off only a percentage of the flow through the flow channel, with the percentage of flow blocked insensitive to the applied actuation force.
  • Many membrane thickness profiles and flow channel cross-sections are contemplated by the present invention, including rectangular, trapezoidal, circular, ellipsoidal, parabolic, hyperbolic, and polygonal, as well as sections of the above shapes. More complex cross-sectional shapes, such as the embodiment with protrusions discussed immediately above or an embodiment having concavities in the flow channel, are also contemplated by the present invention.
  • In addition, while the invention is described primarily above in conjunction with an embodiment wherein the walls and ceiling of the flow channel are formed from elastomer, and the floor of the channel is formed from an underlying substrate, the present invention is not limited to this particular orientation. Walls and floors of channels could also be fanned in the underlying substrate, with only the ceiling of the flow channel constructed from elastomer. This elastomer flow channel ceiling would project downward into the channel in response to an applied actuation force, thereby controlling the flow of material through the flow channel. In general, monolithic elastomer structures as described elsewhere in the instant application are preferred for microfluidic applications. However, it may be useful to employ channels formed in the substrate where such an arrangement provides advantages. For instance, a substrate including optical waveguides could be constructed so that the optical waveguides direct light specifically to the side of a microfluidic channel.
  • 7. Networked Systems
  • FIGS. 12A and 12B show a views of a single on/off valve, identical to the systems set forth above, (for example in FIG. 7A). FIGS. 13A and 13B shows a peristaltic pumping system comprised of a plurality of the single addressable on/off valves as seen in FIG. 12, but networked together. FIG. 14 is a graph showing experimentally achieved pumping rates vs. frequency for the peristaltic pumping system of FIG. 13. FIGS. 15A and 15B show a schematic view of a plurality of flow channels which are controllable by a single control line. This system is also comprised of a plurality of the single addressable on/off valves of FIG. 12, multiplexed together, but in a different arrangement than that of FIG. 12. FIG. 16 is a schematic illustration of a multiplexing system adapted to permit fluid flow through selected channels, comprised of a plurality of the single on/off valves of FIG. 12, joined or networked together.
  • Referring first to FIGS. 12A and 12B, a schematic of flow channels 30 and 32 is shown. Flow channel 30 preferably has a fluid (or gas) flow F passing therethrough. Flow channel 32, (which crosses over flow channel 30, as was already explained herein), is pressurized such that membrane 25 separating the flow channels may be depressed into the path of flow channel 30, shutting off the passage of flow F therethrough, as has been explained. As such, “flow channel” 32 can also be referred to as a “control line” which actuates a single valve in flow channel 30. In FIGS. 12 to 15, a plurality of such addressable valves are joined or networked together in various arrangements to produce pumps, capable of peristaltic pumping, and other fluidic logic applications.
  • Referring to FIGS. 13A and 13B, a system for peristaltic pumping is provided, as follows. A flow channel 30 has a plurality of generally parallel flow channels (i.e.: control lines) 32A, 32B and 32C passing thereover. By pressurizing control line 32A, flow F through flow channel 30 is shut off under membrane 25A at the intersection of control line 32A and flow channel 30. Similarly, (but not shown), by pressurizing control line 32B, flow F through flow channel 30 is shut off under membrane 25B at the intersection of control line 32B and flow channel 30, etc.
  • Each of control lines 32A, 32B, and 32C is separately addressable. Therefore, peristalsis may be actuated by the pattern of actuating 32A and 32C together, followed by 32A, followed by 32A and 32B together, followed by 32B, followed by 32B and C together, etc. This corresponds to a successive “101, 100, 110, 010, 011, 001” pattern, where “0” indicates “valve open” and “1” indicates “valve closed.” This peristaltic pattern is also known as a 120° pattern (referring to the phase angle of actuation between three valves). Other peristaltic patterns are equally possible, including 60° and 90° patterns.
  • In experiments performed by the inventors, a pumping rate of 2.35 nL/s was measured by measuring the distance traveled by a column of water in thin (0.5 mm i.d.) tubing; with 100×100×10 μm valves under an actuation pressure of 40 kPa. The pumping rate increased with actuation frequency until approximately 75 Hz, and then was nearly constant until above 200 Hz. The valves and pumps are also quite durable and the elastomer membrane, control channels, or bond have never been observed to fail. In experiments performed by the inventors, none of the valves in the peristaltic pump described herein show any sign of wear or fatigue after more than 4 million actuations. In addition to their durability, they are also gentle. A solution of E. Coli pumped through a channel and tested for viability showed a 94% survival rate.
  • FIG. 14 is a graph showing experimentally achieved pumping rates vs. frequency for the peristaltic pumping system of FIG. 13.
  • FIGS. 15A and 15B illustrates another way of assembling a plurality of the addressable valves of FIG. 12. Specifically, a plurality of parallel flow channels 30A, 30B, and 30C are provided. Flow channel (i.e.: control line) 32 passes thereover across flow channels 30A, 30B, and 30C. Pressurization of control line 32 simultaneously shuts off flows F1, F2 and F3 by depressing membranes 25A, 25B, and 25C located at the intersections of control line 32 and flow channels 30A, 30B, and 30C.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic illustration of a multiplexing system adapted to selectively permit fluid to flow through selected channels, as follows. The downward deflection of membranes separating the respective flow channels from a control line passing thereabove (for example, membranes 25A, 25B, and 25C in FIGS. 15A and 15B) depends strongly upon the membrane dimensions. Accordingly, by varying the widths of flow channel control line 32 in FIGS. 15A and 15B, it is possible to have a control line pass over multiple flow channels, yet only actuate (i.e.: seal) desired flow channels. FIG. 16 illustrates a schematic of such a system, as follows.
  • A plurality of parallel flow channels 30A, 30B, 30C, 30D, 30E and 30F are positioned under a plurality of parallel control lines 32A, 32B, 32C, 32D, 32E and 32F. Control channels 32A, 32B, 32C, 32D, 32E and 32F are adapted to shut off fluid flows F1, F2, F3, F4, F5 and F6 passing through parallel flow channels 30A, 30B, 30C, 30D, 30E and 30F using any of the valving systems described above, with the following modification.
  • Each of control lines 32A, 32B, 32C, 32D, 32E and 32F have both wide and narrow portions. For example, control line 32A is wide in locations disposed over flow channels 30A, 30C and 30E. Similarly, control line 32B is wide in locations disposed over flow channels 30B, 30D and 30F, and control line 32C is wide in locations disposed over flow channels 30A, 30B, 30E and 30F.
  • At the locations where the respective control line is wide, its pressurization will cause the membrane (25) separating the flow channel and the control line to depress significantly into the flow channel, thereby blocking the flow passage therethrough. Conversely, in the locations where the respective control line is narrow, membrane (25) will also be narrow. Accordingly, the same degree of pressurization will not result in membrane (25) becoming depressed into the flow channel (30). Therefore, fluid passage thereunder will not be blocked.
  • For example, when control line 32A is pressurized, it will block flows F1, F3 and F5 in flow channels 30A, 30C and 30E. Similarly, when control line 32C is pressurized, it will block flows F1, F2, F5 and F6 in flow channels 30A, 30B, 30E and 30F. As can be appreciated, more than one control line can be actuated at the same time. For example, control lines 32A and 32C can be pressurized simultaneously to block all fluid flow except F4 (with 32A blocking F1, F3 and F5; and 32C blocking F1, F2, F5 and F6).
  • By selectively pressurizing different control lines (32) both together and in various sequences, a great degree of fluid flow control can be achieved. Moreover, by extending the present system to more than six parallel flow channels (30) and more than four parallel control lines (32), and by varying the positioning of the wide and narrow regions of the control lines, very complex fluid flow control systems may be fabricated. A property of such systems is that it is possible to turn on any one flow channel out of n flow channels with only 2(log 2n) control lines.
  • 8. Switchable Flow Arrays
  • In yet another novel embodiment, fluid passage can be selectively directed to flow in either of two perpendicular directions. An example of such a “switchable flow array” system is provided in FIGS. 17A to 17D. FIG. 17A shows a bottom view of a first layer of elastomer 90, (or any other suitable substrate), having a bottom surface with a pattern of recesses forming a flow channel grid defined by an array of solid posts 92, each having flow channels passing therearound.
  • In preferred aspects, an additional layer of elastomer is bound to the top surface of layer 90 such that fluid flow can be selectively directed to move either in direction F1, or perpendicular direction F2. FIG. 17B is a bottom view of the bottom surface of the second layer of elastomer 95 showing recesses formed in the shape of alternating “vertical” control lines 96 and “horizontal” control lines 94. “Vertical” control lines 96 have the same width therealong, whereas “horizontal” control lines 94 have alternating wide and narrow portions, as shown.
  • Elastomeric layer 95 is positioned over top of elastomeric layer 90 such that “vertical” control lines 96 are positioned over posts 92 as shown in FIG. 17C and “horizontal” control lines 94 are positioned with their wide portions between posts 92, as shown in FIG. 17D.
  • As can be seen in FIG. 17C, when “vertical” control lines 96 are pressurized, the membrane of the integrated structure formed by the elastomeric layer initially positioned between layers 90 and 95 in regions 98 will be deflected downwardly over the array of flow channels such that flow in only able to pass in flow direction F2 (i.e.: vertically), as shown.
  • As can be seen in FIG. 17D, when “horizontal” control lines 94 are pressurized, the membrane of the integrated structure formed by the elastomeric layer initially positioned between layers 90 and 95 in regions 99 will be deflected downwardly over the array of flow channels, (but only in the regions where they are widest), such that flow in only able to pass in flow direction F1 (i.e.: horizontally), as shown.
  • The design illustrated in FIGS. 17A-D allows a switchable flow array to be constructed from only two elastomeric layers, with no vertical vias passing between control lines in different elastomeric layers required. If all vertical flow control lines 94 are connected, they may be pressurized from one input. The same is true for all horizontal flow control lines 96.
  • 9. Cell Pen
  • In yet a further application of the present invention, an elastomeric structure can be utilized to manipulate organisms or other biological material. FIGS. 18A-18D show plan views of one embodiment of a cell pen structure in accordance with the present invention.
  • Cell pen array 4400 features an array of orthogonally-oriented flow channels 4402, with an enlarged “pen” structure 4404 at the intersection of alternating flow channels. Valve 4406 is positioned at the entrance and exit of each pen structure 4404. Peristaltic pump structures 4408 are positioned on each horizontal flow channel and on the vertical flow channels lacking a cell pen structure.
  • Cell pen array 4400 of FIG. 18A has been loaded with cells A-H that have been previously sorted. FIGS. 18B-18C show the accessing and removal of individually stored cell C by 1) opening valves 4406 on either side of adjacent pens 4404 a and 4404 b, 2) pumping horizontal flow channel 4402 a to displace cells C and G, and then 3) pumping vertical flow channel 4402 b to remove cell C. FIG. 18D shows that second cell G is moved back into its prior position in cell pen array 4400 by reversing the direction of liquid flow through horizontal flow channel 4402 a. The cell pen array 4404 described above is capable of storing materials within a selected, addressable position for ready access.
  • While the embodiment shown and described above in connection with FIGS. 18A-18D utilizes linked valve pairs on opposite sides of the flow channel intersections, this is not required by the present invention. Other configurations, including linking of adjacent valves of an intersection, or independent actuation of each valve surrounding an intersection, are possible to provide the desired flow characteristics. With the independent valve actuation approach however, it should be recognized that separate control structures would be utilized for each valve, complicating device layout.
  • II. Microfluidic Large-Scale Integration
  • The previous section has described monolithic microvalves that are substantially leakproof and scalable, and has also described methods for fabricating these microvalves. For the relatively simple arrays of microfluidic valves previously described, each fluid flow channel may be controlled by its own individual valve control channel. However, such a non-integrated control strategy cannot be practicably implemented for more complex arrays comprising thousands or even tens of thousands of individually addressable valves. Accordingly, embodiments of the present invention provide a variety of techniques which may be applied alone or in combination to allow for the fabrication of large scale integrated microfluidic devices having individually addressable valves.
  • 1. Control of Flow Lines by Multiplexor
  • The use of multiplexor structures has previously been described in connection with a single set of control lines overlying a single set of flow channels. FIG. 19A shows a simplified plan view illustrating a microfluidic binary tree multiplexor operational diagram. Flow channels 1900 defined in a lower elastomer layer contain the fluid of interest, while control channels 1902 defined in an overlying elastomer layer represent control lines containing an actuation fluid such as air or water. Valves 1904 are defined by the membranes formed at the intersection of the wider portion 1902 a of a control channel 1902 with a flow channel 1900. The actuation pressure is chosen so that only the wide membranes are fully deflected into the flow channel 1900. Specifically, the multiplexor structure is based on the sharp increase in pressure required to actuate a valve as the ratio of control channel width:flow channel width is decreased.
  • The multiplexor structure shown in FIG. 19A is in the form of a binary tree of valves where each stage selects one out of two total groups of flow channels. In the multiplexor embodiment shown in FIG. 19A, each combination of open/closed valves in the multiplexor selects for a single channel, so that n flow channels can be addressed with only 2 log2n control channels.
  • By using multiplexed valve systems, the power of the binary system becomes evident: only about 20 control channels are required to specifically address 1024 flow channels. This allows a large number of elastomeric microvalves to perform complex fluidic manipulations within these devices, while the interface between the device and the external environment is simple and robust.
  • FIG. 19B shows a simplified plan view of an alternative embodiment of a multiplexor structure in accordance with the present invention. Multiplexor structure 1950 comprises control channels 1952 formed in an elastomer layer overlying flow channels 1954 of an underlying elastomer layer. Operating under the same physical principles of the multiplexor of FIG. 19A, multiplexor 1950 comprises a tertiary tree of valves, where each stage comprises three bits (“a trit”) and selects one out of three total groups of flow channels. Each combination of open/closed valves in the multiplexor 1950 selects for a single channel, so that n flow channels can be addressed with only 3 log3n control channels.
  • The general microfluidic flow architecture of either of the basic multiplexor devices shown in FIGS. 19A-B may be generically represented in the simplified cross-sectional view of FIG. 20, wherein second elastomer layer E2 defining control channel network C overlies first elastomer layer E1 defining flow channel network F.
  • The base 3 multiplexor of FIG. 19B is the most efficient design that may be used to address large numbers of ‘flow” channels. This is because the x logx n valve is minimized where e is used for the base of the log. As fractions are not used for the base of an actual multiplexor, the most efficient multiplexor structure is achieved where the value of x=3, the integer closest to e (˜2.71828).
  • To highlight this point, Table 1 compares the efficiency of the base 2 multiplexor with the base 3 multiplexor.
  • TABLE 1
    Number of Flow Lines
    Controlled by
    Control Lines Enhanced Efficiency
    Number of Base 2 Base 3 of Base 3 Multiplexor
    Control Lines Multiplexor Multiplexor Structure
    6 8 9 +1
    9 23 27 +4
    12 64 81 +17
    15 181 243 +62
    18 512 729 +217
  • While the above description has focused upon various multiplexor structures utilizing stages having the same base number, this is not required by the present invention. Alternative embodiments of multiplexor structures in accordance with the present invention may comprise stages of unlike base numbers. For example, a two-stage plexor consisting of a bit stage and a trit stage represents the most efficient way of addressing six flow channels. The order of the stages is arbitrary, and will always result in the same number of flow lines being controlled. The use of multiplexor structures comprising different binary and tertiary stages allows the efficient addressing of any number of “flow” channels that are the product of the numbers 2 and 3.
  • A multiplexor may conceivably use any base number. For example, five may also be used as the base number, if necessary. However, efficiency in utilization of control lines diminishes as the number of control lines moves away from the value of e. This is shown in FIG. 33, which plots the number of control lines versus the number of flow lines being controlled, for multiplexor structures having different base numbers.
  • The standard multiplexor structures previously shown and described a suitable for many applications. However, alternative embodiments of multiplexor structures may offer enhanced performance in certain situations.
  • For example, where several fluid inputs are to be selected and introduced serially into other regions of a chip, unwanted cross-contamination attributable to dead volumes between valves can occur. Accordingly, FIG. 28 shows a simplified plan view of an alternative embodiment of a multiplexor structure of the present invention, which features a minimum of dead volume.
  • Specifically, multiplexor 2800 comprises a flow channel network 2802 having sample inputs 2804 arranged in the shape of a fluidic input tree. Control lines 2806 are arranged in three stages, with first and second tertiary states 2806 a and 2806 b, and binary stage 2806 c control lines access of the flowed fluid to outlet 2808 of the flow channel network. The control lines 2806 are positioned to locate control valves 2810 as close as possible to each flow channel junction in order to minimize dead volumes. Additionally, a final input line 2814 of every multiplexor is allocated to receive a buffer, thereby allowing cleaning of the contents of the flow channels and flow channel junctions.
  • 2. Control of Control Lines by Other Control Lines
  • One technique allowing for the fabrication of large scale integrated (LSI) microfluidic devices is the use of multiple layers of control lines. FIGS. 21-21B illustrate this approach. FIG. 21 shows a plan view of one embodiment of a microfluidic device having a first control line controlled by a second control line. FIG. 21A shows a cross-sectional view of the microfluidic device of FIG. 21, taken along line 21A-21A′. FIG. 21B shows a cross-sectional view of the microfluidic device of FIG. 21, taken along line 21B-21B′.
  • Microfluidic structure 2100 comprises two flow channels 2102 a-b formed in lowermost elastomer layer 2104. First control channel network 2106 including first inlet 2106 a in fluid communication with first and second branches 2106 b and 2106 c, is formed in a second elastomer layer 2108 overlying first elastomer layer 2104. First branch 2106 b of first control channel network 2106 includes widened portion 2110 overlying first flow channel 2102 a to define first valve 2112. Second branch 2106 c of first control channel network 2106 includes widened portion 2114 overlying second flow channel 2102 b to define second valve 2116.
  • Second control channel network 2118 comprising third control channel 2118 a is formed in third elastomer layer 2120 overlying second elastomer layer 2108. Third control channel 2118 a includes widened portion 2118 b overlying first branch 2106 b of first control channel network 2106 to form valve 2122.
  • The microfluidic device illustrated in FIGS. 21-21B may be operated as follows. A fluid that is to be manipulated is present in flow channels 2102 a and 2102 b. Application of a pressure to the first control channel network 2106 causes the membranes of valves 2112 and 2116 to deflect downward into their respective flow channels 2102 a and 2102 b, thereby valving flow through the flow channels.
  • Application of a pressure to second control channel network 2118 causes the membrane of valve 2122 to deflect downward into underlying first branch 2106 c only of first control channel network 2106. This fixes the valve 2112 in its deflected state, in turn allowing the pressure within the first control channel network 2106 to be varied without affecting the state of valve 2112.
  • The general architecture of the microfluidic device depicted in FIGS. 21-21B is summarized in the simplified cross-sectional view of FIG. 22. Specifically, elastomeric device 2200 comprises lowest elastomer layer E1 defining flow channel network F, underlying second elastomer layer E2 defining first control channel network C1. First control channel network C1 in turn underlies second control channel network C2 that is defined within third elastomer layer E3.
  • While the embodiment of the microfluidic device of FIGS. 21-21B is described as being fabricated from three separate elastomer layers, this is not required by the present invention. Large scale integrated microfluidic structures in accordance with embodiments of the present invention featuring multiplexed control lines may be fabricated utilizing only two elastomer layers. This approach is shown and illustrated in connection with FIGS. 23-23B.
  • FIG. 23 shows a simplified plan view of a microfabricated elastomer device including first and second flow channels 2300 a and 2300 b, and first branched control channel network 2302 overlying flow channels 2300 a and 2300 b to define valves 2304 and 2306 respectively. FIG. 23A shows a cross-sectional view of the microfabricated elastomer device of FIG. 23, taken along line 23A-23A′, with flow channel 2300 a defined in lower elastomer layer 2306, and first control channel 2302 defined in upper elastomer layer 2310.
  • Lower elastomer layer 2308 further comprises a second control channel network 2312 running underneath first control channel 2302 to define valve 2314. Accordingly, FIG. 23B shows a cross-sectional view of the microfabricated elastomer device of FIG. 23, taken along line 23B-23B′. While present in the same (lower) elastomer layer 2308, flow channel network 2300 and second control channel network 2312 are separate and do not intersect one another.
  • As represented in the simplified cross-sectional view of FIG. 24, separate flow channel network F and control channel network C2 may thus be present on a single (lower) elastomer layer E1 that is overlaid by another elastomer layer E2 defining only a control channel network C1.
  • The microfluidic device illustrated in FIGS. 23-23B may be operated as follows. A fluid that is to be manipulated is present in flow channels 2300 a and 2300 b. Application of a pressure to the first control channel network 2302 causes the membranes of valves 2304 to deflect downward into their respective flow channels 2300 a and 2300 b, thereby valving flow through the flow channels.
  • Application of a pressure to second control channel network 2312 causes the membrane of valve 2314 to deflect upward into the overlying branch 2302 a of first control channel network 2302. This fixes the valve 2314 in its deflected state, in turn allowing the pressure within the first control network 2302 to be varied without affecting the state of valve 2314.
  • In contrast with the embodiment shown in FIG. 21, the microfluidic device of FIGS. 23-23B features a valve that operates by deflecting upward into an adjacent control channel in response to an elevated pressure. Large scale integrated microfluidic structures incorporating such upwardly deflecting valves may include flow channels having rounded or arched cross-sections to facilitate valve closure, in a manner similar to that described above in connection with FIG. 11. Thus in a two-layer microfluidic structure comprising flow channels on both the upper and lower levels, both the upper and lower channels preferably exhibit an arched profile.
  • The approach of FIGS. 23-23B and 24 may be utilized to introduce almost unlimited control over complex flow functionality, without having to resort to more than two layers. This is illustrated in conjunction with FIG. 25, which represents a simplified cross-sectional view of a microfluidic structure 2500 comprising lower elastomer layer E1 having flow channel network F and second control channel network C2 defined therein, underlying upper elastomer layer E2 and having separate first and third control channel networks C1 and C3 defined therein.
  • A microfluidic device utilizing control channels to control other control channels as shown and described in connection with FIGS. 21-25 offers a number of advantages over conventional microfluidic devices employing a single control channel network. One potential advantage is enhanced functionality.
  • Specifically, the simple multiplexor structure of FIGS. 19A-B allows valving of all but one of n flow channels given only x logxn control channels, thereby allowing flow through a single channel. However, the simple multiplexors of FIGS. 19A-B do not allow for the inverse functionality, wherein only one of the valves may be simultaneously actuated utilizing a multiplexor having the same number (x logxn) control lines.
  • Such functionality is, however, available through the use of control lines to control other control lines, as previously described. FIG. 26 illustrates one embodiment of an inverse multiplexor structure 2601 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, which utilizes multiple layers of control lines.
  • Parallel flow channels 2600 formed in a first elastomer layer are overlaid by a control channel network 2602 comprising a parallel set of control channels 2602 a formed in a second elastomer layer and sharing a common inlet 2602 b. There are the same number of control channels 2602 a as flow channels 2600, with each control channel having a widened portion 2602 b overlying one of the corresponding flow channels 2600 to define valve 2610.
  • At a point between common inlet 2602 b and the first flow channel, a second network 2604 of control channels passes proximate to the first control channel network 2602, defining a multiplexor structure 2606 comprising valves 2612 in the form of a plurality of actuable membranes. In certain embodiments, this second network of control lines defining the multiplexor may be formed in a third elastomer layer overlying the second elastomer layer containing first control channel network. Alternatively, the second network of control lines defining the multiplexor may be formed in the first elastomer layer, alongside but not intersecting with, the flow channel network.
  • During operation of the inverse multiplexor structure shown in FIG. 26, common inlet 2602 b of first control channel network 2602 is initially depressurized. Multiplexor 2604 is then actuated to select all but one of the channels of first control channel network 2602. Next, pressure is applied to inlet 2602 b to cause a pressure increase in the sole unselected control channel of network 2602, thereby actuating the valve of only that unselected control channel. Inverse multiplexing functionality has thus been achieved.
  • Another potential advantage offered by the use of control lines to control other control lines is a reduction in the number of externally-accessible control lines required to control complex microfluidic structures. Specifically, the use of multiple layers of control lines can be combined with the multiplexor concept just described, to allow a few externally-accessible control lines to exert control over a large number of control channels responsible for operating large numbers of internal valve structures.
  • FIG. 27 shows a simplified plan view of one embodiment of microfluidic device 2700 in accordance with the present invention utilizing cascaded multiplexors. Specifically, parallel flow channels 2701 defined in one elastomeric layer are overlaid by first control channel network 2702 featuring wide and narrow control channel portions defining multiplexor 2703. First control channel network 2702 in turn either overlies or is underlaid by second flow channel network 2704, which also features wide and narrow control channel portions defining second multiplexor 2706.
  • FIG. 27 shows how a multiplexor comprising only six control lines may control a total of twenty-seven flow lines after cascading it with second multiplexor, requiring only a single input, resulting in a total of only seven control lines. The logical states of the second multiplexor may be set sequentially by addressing each line using the first multiplexor, and then setting the state using the additional input. High pressure (on) states may generally be retained for a limited amount of time, due to the intrinsic gas permeability of PDMS, as over time pressure within the second multiplexor is reduced via evaporation or outgussing of actuation fluid. This loss in pressure can be counteracted two ways, either by periodically refreshing the state of the second multiplexor, or by reducing the rate of loss in actuation fluid to negligible levels relative to the total time of the experiment.
  • As just described, combinatorial arrays of binary or other valve patterns can increase the processing power of a network by allowing complex fluid manipulations with a minimal number of controlled inputs. Such multiplexed control lines can be used to fabricate silicone devices with thousands of valves and hundreds of individually addressable reaction chambers, with a substantial reduction in the number of control inputs required to address individual valve structures.
  • 3. Microfluidic Memory Array Structure
  • Microfluidic techniques in accordance with embodiments of the present invention may be utilized to fabricate a chip that contains a high density array of 1000 individually addressable picoliter scale chambers and which may serve as a microfluidic memory storage device. Using two multiplexors as fluidic design elements, a microfluidic memory storage device was designed with 1000 independent compartments and 3574 microvalves, organized as an addressable 25×40 chamber microarray.
  • FIG. 29A is a simplified plan view showing a mask design for the microfluidic memory storage device. FIG. 29B shows a simplified enlarged view of one storage location of the array of FIG. 29A, illustrating purging mechanics.
  • Array 2900 comprises a first elastomer layer defining rows 2902 of parallel triplet flow channels 2902 a-c having interconnecting vertical branch flow channels 2902 d. For the purposes of this application, flow channels 2902 a and 2902 c flanking central flow channel 2902 b in each row are referred to as “bus lines”. Each intersection between a vertical branch 2902 d and a central flow channel 2902 b defines a separate storage location in that row and for the storage device. Each of the flow channels shares a common sample input 2904 a or 2904 b, and a common sample output 2906. Each of the row flow channels 2902 a-c shares a common purge input 2908.
  • Overlying the first elastomer layer containing flow channels is a second elastomer layer containing networks of control channels. Horizontal compartmentalization control channel network 2910 having common inlet 2910 a is fowled in second elastomer layer. Control lines C1-C10 defining row multiplexor 2912 are also foamed in the second elastomer layer.
  • Row access control lines D1-D4 are also formed in the second elastomer layer. Row access control lines D1-D4 are selectively actuable to control the flow of fluid through the central flow channel or one of the flanking bus lines for any one of the rows of the array.
  • The second elastomer layer also defines vertical compartmentalization control channel network 2914 having common inlet 2914 b. At a point between common inlet 2914 b and the first row of the array 2900, a separate control channel network 2916 formed in the first elastomer layer crosses under the vertical compartmentalization control channel network 2914 to define column multiplexor 2918. The embodiment of FIG. 29 thus represents a two-layer device allowing control over vertical compartmentalization control channels utilizing two separate control channel networks multiplexor structures 2914 and 2916. Specifically, during operation of the storage device, actuation of select control channels of the column multiplexor allows access to only one particular storage location in the array while all other storage locations remain sealed and uncontaminated. Operation of the storage device 2900 is now described in detail.
  • FIGS. 29C-F show enlarged plan views of one storage location of the array. As shown in FIG. 29C, at an initial time vertical compartmentalization control channel 2914 is pressurized to close vertical compartmentalization valves 2924. Column multiplexor 2918 is then pressurized to activate valves 2930 a-b to seal the vertical compartmentalization valves 2924 in their pressurized state.
  • FIG. 29D shows the loading of all storage locations located along a particular central flow line with fluid, by selective manipulation of control lines D1-4. The closed state of vertical compartmentalization valves 2924 limits the vertical movement of the loaded fluid. FIG. 29E shows pressurization of horizontal compartmentalization control channel 2910 to close horizontal compartmentalization valves 2922, thereby isolating adjacent storage locations.
  • FIG. 29F shows the purging of loaded fluid from specific storage locations. Specifically, column multiplexor 2918 is depressurized to deactuate valve 2930 b, allowing venting of control channel and deactuation of the vertical compartmentalization valves 2924 lying above and below storage location 2950. Column multiplexor 2918 remains pressurized to keep valve 2930 a actuated, thereby maintaining in a closed state vertical compartmentalization valves 2924 of adjacent storage locations.
  • Finally, control lines D1-4 are manipulated to allow flow through only the top bus line 2902 a. Pressure is applied to purge inlet 2908, forcing the contents of storage location 2950 into top bus line 2902 a, along the bus line 2902 a, and ultimately out of output 2906.
  • Summarizing, the storage array chip contains an array of 25×40 chambers, each of which has volume ˜250 μL. Each chamber can be individually addressed using the column multiplexor and row multiplexor. The contents of each memory/storage location can be selectively programmed to be either dye (sample input) or water (wash buffer input).
  • The large scale integrate multiplexor valve systems in accordance with embodiments of the present invention allow each chamber of the matrix to be individually addressed and isolated, and reduces the number of outside control interconnects to twenty-two. Fluid can be loaded into the device through a single input port, after which control layer valves then act as gates to compartmentalize the array into 250 pL chambers. Individual chamber addressing is accomplished through flow channels that run parallel to the sample chambers and use pressurized liquid under the control of the row and column multiplexors and to flush the chamber contents to the output.
  • FIG. 29B is a simplified and enlarged plan view again showing purging mechanics for a single chamber within a selected row of the chip shown in FIG. 29A. Each row contains three parallel microchannels. To purge a specific chamber pressurized fluid is first introduced in the purge buffer input. The row multiplexor then directs the fluid to the lower most channel of the selected row. The column multiplexor releases the vertical valves of the chamber, allowing the pressurized fluid to flow through the chamber and purge its contents.
  • This device adds a significant level of complexity to previous microfluidic plumbing in that there are two successive levels of control—the column multiplexor actuates valve control lines, which in turn actuate the valves themselves. The design and mechanics of the microfluidic array are similar to random access memory (RAM). Each set of multiplexors is analogous to a memory address register, mapping to a specific row or column in the matrix.
  • Like dynamic RAM, the row and column multiplexors have unique functions. The row multiplexor is used for fluid trafficking: it directs the fluid responsible for purging individual compartments within a row and refreshes the central compartments (memory elements) within a row, analogous to a RAM word line. The column multiplexor acts in a fundamentally different manner, controlling the vertical input/output valves for specific central compartments in each row.
  • To operate the column multiplexor, the vertical containment valve on the control layer is pressurized to close off the entire array. The column multiplexor, located on the flow layer, is activated with its valves deflected upwards into the control layer to trap the pressurized liquid in the entire vertical containment valve array. A single column is then selected by the multiplexor, and the pressure on the vertical containment valve is released to open the specified column, allowing it to be rapidly purged by pressurized liquid in a selected row.
  • To demonstrate the functionality of the microfluidic memory storage device, the central memory storage chambers of each row were loaded with dye (2.4 mM bromophenol blue in sodium citrate buffer, pH 7.2) and proceeded to purge individual chambers with water to spell out “CIT”. Since the readout is optical, this memory device also essentially functions as a fluidic display monitor. FIG. 29G shows a demonstration of microfluidic memory display. Individual chambers are selectively purged to spell out “CIT”. A key advantage of the plumbing display is that once the picture is set, the device consumes very little power.
  • 4. One Way Valve/Fluidic Display
  • The storage device depicted in FIG. 29A comprises an array of chambers whose contents are individually accessible through horizontal movement of fluid through co-planar bus lines positioned on either side of a central flow channel. However, techniques for fabricating large scale integrated microfluidic structures in accordance with embodiments of the present invention are not limited to fabricating this particular device.
  • FIGS. 34A-C show simplified cross-sectional views illustrating the structure and operation of an embodiment of a valve structure in accordance with the present invention, which allows for the vertical flow of fluid in one direction only. As described in detail below, these one-way valves may in turn be utilized to create an alternative embodiment of a large-scale integrated microfluidic storage device utilizing movement of fluid in the vertical, as well as horizontal directions.
  • As shown in FIG. 34A, one way valve 3400 is formed from upper elastomer layer 3401 overlying middle elastomer layer 3402 that in turn overlies lower elastomer layer 3404. Lower elastomer layer 3404 defines first via opening 3406. Middle elastomer layer 3402 comprises a flexible membrane portion 3402 a integral on only side 3402 b with the surrounding elastomer material of middle layer 3402. Membrane portion 3402 a of middle elastomer layer 3402 overlies the entirety of first via opening 3406, with edge 3402 c of membrane portion 3402 resting on seat portion 3404 a of lower elastomer layer 3404. Upper elastomer layer 3401 defines second via opening 3408 horizontally offset from the location of first via opening 3406.
  • As shown in FIG. 34B, fluid may freely flow through one-way valve 3400 in the upward direction. Specifically, a pressurized fluid will move through first via opening 3406 and unseat flexible membrane portion 3402 a, deflecting it into the overlying second via opening 3408 and allowing pressurized fluid to enter second via opening 3408 and upper elastomer layer 3401.
  • By contrast, as shown in FIG. 34C, fluid may not flow through one-way valve 3400 in the downward direction. Specifically, a pressurized fluid attempting to move through second via opening 3408 will encounter seated membrane portion 3402 a. Membrane portion 3402 a will remain seated, and valve 3400 closed, until such time as the pressure of fluid in the underlying first via opening 3406 exceeds the pressure in second via opening 3408.
  • While the specific embodiment of a one-way valve shown in FIGS. 34A-C is fabricated utilizing three distinct elastomer layers, this is not required. It may be possible to fabricate this structure from only two elastomer layers, forming the membrane portion and the top layer utilizing a single mold.
  • And while the specific embodiment of a one-way valve shown in FIGS. 34A-C allow passage of fluid in the upward direction, alternative embodiments may allow passage of fluid in the downward direction only. Such a valve structure may be fabricated by reversing the orientation of the one-way valves.
  • One-way valves in accordance with embodiments of the present invention may be utilized to fabricate display devices. FIGS. 35A-D are simplified cross-sectional views illustrating one embodiment of such a pixel structure.
  • As shown in FIG. 35A, pixel 3500 comprises first flow channel 3502 formed in lowermost elastomer layer 3504. Second flow channel 3506, orthogonal to first flow channel 3502, is formed in uppermost elastomer layer 3508. First one-way valve 3510, chamber 3512, and second one way valve 3514, are formed in elastomer layers 3516 intervening between layers 3504 and 3508.
  • Operation of display pixel 3500 is summarized in FIGS. 35B-D. In FIG. 35B, colored fluid 3518 from first flow channel 3502 is introduced under pressure through first one-way valve 3510 into chamber 3512. Pixel 3500 has now been charged with a colored dye.
  • This pixel charging may be performed nonselectively by applying a higher pressure to first flow channel 3502 than is present in any of the second flow channels. Alternatively, this pixel charging may be performed selectively by also utilizing a multiplexor in communication with the second flow channels, to create the necessary pressure differential between the first and only select second flow channels.
  • In FIG. 35C, the colored fluid is purged from first flow channel 3502 while maintaining second flow channel 3506 at a higher pressure, thereby maintaining first one-way valve 3510 closed.
  • As shown in FIG. 35D, the color of pixel 3500 may be changed by lessening the pressure in second flow channel 3506 and flowing a colorless fluid through first flow channel 3502, first one-way valve 3510, chamber 3512, second one-way valve 3514, and ultimately second flow channel 3506.
  • FIG. 36 shows a plan view of a display device comprising an entire array of pixels as described in FIGS. 35A-D. Specifically, flow of fluid from inlet 3550 through parallel lowermost flow channels 3502 is governed by first multiplexor 3600. The pressure and flow of fluid from inlet 3551 through parallel uppermost flow channels 3506 in the parallel uppermost flow channel is governed by second and third multiplexors 3602 and 3604.
  • 5. Large Scale Integrated Comparator Structure
  • While the memory array structure previously described above represents an important advance over existing microfluidic structures, it does not allow for two different materials to be separately introduced and then mixed in a particular chamber. This functionality, however, is provided in a second chip microfabricated with large scale integration technology which is analogous to an array of 256 comparators. Specifically, a second device containing 2056 microvalves was designed which is capable of performing more complex fluidic manipulations.
  • FIG. 30A shows an optical micrograph of a microfluidic comparator chip 3000. The various inputs have been loaded with colored food dyes to visualize the channels and sub-elements of the fluidic logic. FIG. 30B shows a simplified schematic plan view of one portion of the chip of FIG. 30A.
  • Comparator chip 3000 is formed from a pair of parallel, serpentine flow channels 3002 and 3004 having inlets 3002 a and 3004 a respectively, and having outlets 3002 b and 3004 b respectively, that are intersected at various points by branched horizontal rows of flow channels 3006. Portions of the horizontal flow channels located between the serpentine flow channels define mixing locations 3010.
  • A first barrier control line 3012 overlying the center of the connecting channels is actuable to create adjacent chambers, and is deactivable to allow the contents of the adjacent chambers to mix. A second barrier control line 3014 doubles back over either end of the adjacent chambers to isolate them from the rest of the horizontal flow channels.
  • One end 3006 a of the connecting horizontal flow channel 3006 is in fluid communication with pressure source 3016, and the other end 3006 b of the connecting horizontal flow channel 3006 is in fluid communication with a sample collection output 3018 through multiplexor 3020.
  • FIGS. 30C-H show simplified enlarged plan views of operation of one mixing element of the structure of FIGS. 30A-B. FIG. 30C shows the mixing element prior to loading, with the mixer barrier control line and wrap-around barrier control line unpressurized. FIG. 30D shows pressurization of the wrap-around barrier control line and barrier mixer line to activate isolation valves and separation valve to define adjacent chambers 3050 and 3052. FIG. 30E shows loading of the chambers with a first component and a second component by flowing these materials down the respective flow channels. FIG. 30F shows pressurization of the vertical compartmentalization control line 3025 and the isolation to define the adjacent chambers.
  • FIG. 30G shows depressurization of the mixing barrier control channel to deactivate the separation barrier valve, thereby allowing the different components present in the adjacent chambers to mix freely.
  • FIG. 30H shows the deactivation of barrier the isolation control line, causing deactivation of the isolation valves, followed by application of pressure to the control line and deactivation of the multiplexor to allow the combined mixture to be recovered.
  • In the case of the device shown in FIGS. 30A-H, two different reagents can be separately loaded, mixed pair wise, and selectively recovered, making it possible to perform distinct assays in 256 sub-nanoliter reaction chambers and then recover a particularly interesting reagent. The microchannel layout consists of four central columns in the flow layer consisting of 64 chambers per column, with each chamber containing ˜750 μL of liquid after compartmentalization and mixing. Liquid is loaded into these columns through two separate inputs under low external pressure (˜20 kPa), filling up the array in a serpentine fashion. Barrier valves on the control layer function to isolate the sample fluids from each other and from channel networks on the flow layer used to recover the contents of each individual chamber. These networks function under the control of a multiplexor and several other control valves.
  • The control channels are first dead end filled with water prior to actuation with pneumatic pressure; the compressed air at the ends of the channels is forced into the bulk porous silicone. This procedure eliminates gas transfer into the flow layer upon valve actuation, as well as evaporation of the liquid contained in the flow layer. The elastomeric valves are analogous to electronic switches, serving as high impedance barriers for fluidic trafficking.
  • To demonstrate the device plumbing, the fluid input lines were filled with two dyes to illustrate the process of loading, compartmentalization, mixing and purging of the contents of a single chamber within a column.
  • FIGS. 31A-D show a set of optical micrographs showing a portion of the comparator in action. A subset of the chambers in a single column is being imaged. Elastomeric microvalves enable each of the 256 chamber on the chip to be independently compartmentalized, mixed pairwise, and selectively purged with the blue and yellow solutions. Each of the 256 chambers on the chip can be individually addressed and its respective contents recovered for future analysis using only 18 connections to the outside world, illustrating the integrated nature of the microfluidic circuit.
  • The large scale integrated microfluidic device of FIG. 30A of FIG. 30 was used as a microfluidic comparator to test for the expression of a particular enzyme. A population of bacteria is loaded into the device, and a fluorogenic substrate system provides an amplified output signal in the form of a fluorescent product. An electronic comparator circuit is designed to provide a large output signal when the input signal exceeds a reference threshold value. An op amp amplifies the input signal relative to the reference, forcing it to be high or low. In the microfluidic comparator structure illustrated in FIG. 30A, the non-fluorescent resorufin derivative, Amplex Red, functions as the reference signal. The input signal consists of a suspension of E. coli expressing recombinant cytochrome c peroxidase (CCP); the enzyme serves as a chemical amplifier in the circuit.
  • FIG. 32A shows a schematic diagram of the microfluidic comparator logic using and enzyme and fluorogenic substrate. When a input signal chamber contains cells expressing the enzyme CCP, non-fluorescent Amplex Red is converted to the fluorescent product, resorufin. In the absence of CCP, the output signal remains low.
  • The cells and substrate are loaded into separate input channels with the central mixing barrier closed in each column and compartmentalized exactly like the procedure illustrated for the blue and orange dyes. The cell dilution (1:1000 of confluent culture) creates a median distribution of ˜0.2 cells/compartment, verified by fluorescent microscopy.
  • The barrier between the substrate and cell sub-compartments is opened for a few minutes to allow substrate to diffuse into the compartments containing the cell mixture. The barrier is then closed to reduce the reaction volume and improve the signal/noise for the reaction.
  • After a one hour incubation at room temperature, the chip is scanned (λex,=532 nm, λem=590 DS 40) with a modified DNA microarray scanner (Axon Industries GenePix 4000B). The presence of one or more CCP expressing cells in an individual chamber produces a strong amplified output signal as Amplex Red is converted to the fluorescent compound resorufin, while the signal in the compartments with no cells remains low.
  • One example of a scanner for use in detecting signals from LSI microfluidic structure in accordance with the present invention is the Genepix 4000B scanner manufactured by Axon Instruments, Inc. of Union City Calif. The Genepix 4000B was originally designed for DNA array chip scanning. It has two lasers (532/635 mm) that are optimized for Cy3/Cy5 fluorescent dyes respectively. The Genepix normally functions by scanning the bottom surface of a slide coated with Cy3/Cy5 labeled DNA probes sitting on 3-calibrated sapphire mounts. There are, however, several constraints with this scanner that render it less than optimal as a microfluidic chip screener. First, current microfluidic devices used in our experiments are bonded to a 25×25 mm Number 1 coverslip (130-170 um thick). While the laser focal plane can be adjusted through a software interface, it can only penetrate the cover slip to a depth of 50 um, leaving the channels slightly out of focus. However, the resolution obtained is still sufficient for fluorescence measurements within the channel.
  • A second option being explored is removing the microfluidic chip of the calibrated mounts and seating it in the back of the slide holder. This position places the chip closer to the lens, placing it within the aforementioned software-controlled focal plane range. The disadvantage of this method is that the chip is slightly off normal relative to the laser beams, resulting in an artificial intensity gradient across the chip. This gradient can be compensated for during analysis. Another sub-optimal characteristic of the Genepix scanners is its lack of hardware to stabilize the microfluidic chips when they are connected to several tubing lines. This effect can be successfully compensated for through the addition of weight to the top of the chip. The weight should be non-reflective to prevent scattering of the laser beams that may create artificial noise during the scanning process.
  • The effect of the hardware focal setting was determined by placing the chip of FIG. 30A filled with Amplex Red solution (neg. control, ˜100 μM in the back of the slide holder with a No. 1 cover slip as a spacer. The chip was weighted down and fluorescence was measured consecutively in the same spot with varying focal settings. Readings were taken twice to assess any effect bleaching or light activation of the substrate may have had. Results indicate that fluorescence measurements are somewhat consistent in a range of ±15 μm from optimal focus and then decay rapidly.
  • FIG. 32B shows a scanned fluorescence image of the chip in comparator mode. The left half of column is a dilute solution of CCP expressing E. coli in sterile PBS (137 mM NaCl, 2.68 mM KCl, 10.1 mM Na2HP04, 1.76 mM KH2P04, pH 7.4) after mixing reaction with Amplex Red. Arrows indicate chambers containing single cells. Chambers without cells show low fluorescence. The converted product (resorufin) is clearly visible as green signal. Right half of column is uncatalyzed Amplex Red substrate. To verify that the output signal is a function of CCP activity, a similar experiment was performed using a heterogeneous mixture of E. coli expressing either CCP or enhanced green fluorescent protein (eGFP). The amplified output signal was only dependent on the number of CCP-expressing cells in an individual chamber.
  • FIG. 32C shows a μHTS comparator and the effect of heterogeneous mixture of eGFP expressing control cells and CCP expressing cells on output signal. The resorufin fluorescence measurement (λex=532 nm, λem=590 nm) was made in individual comparator chambers containing E. coli cells expressing either eGFP or CCP. There is a strong increase in signal only when CCP expressing cells are present, with little effect on the signal from eGFP expressing cells. The vertical axis is relative fluorescence units (RFU); error bars represent one standard deviation from the median RFU.
  • Recovery from the chip can be accomplished by selecting a single chamber, and then purging the contents of a chamber to a collection output. Each column in the chip has a separate output, enabling a chamber from each column to be collected without cross-contamination.
  • To illustrate the efficacy of the collection process, a dilute phosphate buffered saline (PBS) solution of E. coli expressing GFP was injected into the chip. After compartmentalization approximately every 2nd chamber contained a bacterium. Using an inverted light microscope (Olympus IX50) equipped with a mercury lamp and GFP filter set, single GFP cells were identified with a 20× objective and their respective chambers were purged.
  • The purged cells were collected from the outputs using polyetheretherketone (PEEK) tubing, which has low cell adhesion properties. Isolations of single GFP-expressing bacteria were confirmed by the visualization of the collected liquid samples under a 40× oil immersion lens using the fluorescence filter set and by observations of single colony growth on Luria-Bertani broth (LB) plates inoculated with the recovered bacteria. Since it has been shown that single molecules of DNA can be effectively manipulated in elastomeric microfluidic devices, it is possible that in future applications individual molecules or molecular clusters will be selected or manipulated in this fashion.
  • The performance of an electronic comparator is not ideal. For example, there is a finite noise floor, there are absolute voltage and current limitations, there are leakage currents at the inputs, and so forth. Some of these limits result from intrinsic properties of the materials used for the devices, while others depend on either fabrication tolerances or design limitations. The performance of integrated fluidic circuits suffers from similar imperfections.
  • 6. Fabrication Techniques
  • The storage array and comparator microfluidic devices shown in FIGS. 29A and 30A respectively, were fabricated with multilayer soft lithography techniques using two distinct layers. The “control” layer, which harbors all channels required to actuate the valves, is situated on top of the “flow” layer, which contains the network of channels being controlled. A valve is created where a control channel crosses a flow channel. The resulting thin membrane in the junction between the two channels can be deflected by hydraulic or pneumatic actuation. All biological assays and fluid manipulations are performed on the “flow” layer.
  • Master molds for the microfluidic channels were made by spin-coating positive photoresist (Shipley SJR 5740) on silicon 9 μm high and patterning them with high resolution (3386 dpi) transparency masks. The channels on the photoresist molds were rounded at 120° C. for 20 minutes to create a geometry that allows full valve closure.
  • The devices were fabricated by bonding together two layers of two-part cure silicone (Dow Corning Sylgard 184) cast from the photoresist molds. The bottom layer of the device, containing the “flow” channels, is spin-coated with 20:1 part A:B Sylgard at 2500 rpm for 1 minute. The resulting silicone layer is ˜30 μm thick. The top layer of the device, containing the “control” channels, is cast as a thick layer (˜0.5 cm thick) using 5:1 part A:B Sylgard using a separate mold. The two layers are initially cured for 30 minutes at 80° C.
  • Control channel interconnect holes are then punched through the thick layer (released from the mold), after which it is sealed, channel side down, on the thin layer, aligning the respective channel networks. Bonding between the assembled layers is accomplished by curing the devices for an additional 45-60 minutes at 80° C. The resulting multilayer devices are cut to size and mounted on RCA cleaned No. 1, 25 mm square glass coverslips, or onto coverslips spin coated with 5:1 part A:B Sylgard at 5000 rpm and cured at 80° C. for 30 minutes, followed by incubation at 80° C. overnight.
  • Simultaneous addressing of multiple non-contiguous flow channels is accomplished by fabricating control channels of varying width while keeping the dimension of the flow channel fixed (100 μm wide and 9 μm high). The pneumatic pressure in the control channels required to close the flow channels scales with the width of the control channel, making it simple to actuate 100 μm×100 μm valves at relatively low pressures (˜40 kPa) without closing off the 50 μm×100 μm crossover regions, which have a higher actuation threshold.
  • Introduction of fluid into these devices is accomplished through steel pins inserted into holes punched through the silicone. Unlike micromachined devices made out of hard materials with a high Young's modulus, silicone is soft and forms a tight seal around the input pins, readily accepting pressures of up to 300 kPa without leakage. Computer-controlled external solenoid valves allow actuation of multiplexors, which in turn allow complex addressing of a large number of microvalves.
  • Fluidic circuits fabricated from PDMS will not be compatible with all organic solvents—in particular, flow of a nonpolar solvent may be affected. This issue can be addressed by the use of chemically resistant elastomers. Surface effects due to non-specific adhesion of molecules to the channel walls may be minimized by either passive or chemical modifications to the PDMS surface.
  • Cross contamination in microfluidic circuits is analogous to leakage currents in an electronic circuit, and is a complex phenomenon. A certain amount of contamination will occur due to diffusion of small molecules through the elastomer itself. This effect is not an impediment with the organic dyes and other small molecules used in the examples in this work, but at some level and performance requirement it may become limiting.
  • Cross-contamination is also a design issue whose effects can be mitigated by the design of any particular circuit. In the 256 well comparator chip, compensation scheme was introduced by which each of the four columns has a separate output in order to prevent cross contamination during the recovery operation. As fluidic circuit complexity increases, similar design rules will evolve in order to obtain high performance despite the limitations of the particular material and fabrication technology being used.
  • The computational power of the memory and comparator chips is derived from the ability to integrate and control many fluidic elements on a single chip. For example, the multiplexor component allows specific addressing of an exponentially large number of independent chambers. This permits selective manipulation or recovery of individual samples, an important requirement for high throughput screening and other enrichment applications. It may also be a useful tool for chemical applications involving combinatorial synthesis, where the number of products also grows exponentially.
  • 7. Segmentation Applications
  • Another example of computational power is the ability to segment a complex or heterogeneous sample into manageable subsamples, which can be analyzed independently as shown in the comparator chip. For example, a large scale integrated microfluidic device such as is shown in FIG. 30A could be utilized to isolate desired component of a heterogeneous mixture. In a first step, the heterogeneous sample could be flowed down one of the serpentine flow channels, with the heterogeneous mixture sufficiently diluted to ensure the presence of no more than one soluble entity between the vertical compartmentalization valves. The flow would then be halted, and the vertical compartmentalization valves actuated to create isolated segments in the serpentine flow channel. Where interrogation/inspection of the various segments indicates the presence of a desired entity within a particular segment, that segment could be purged and the output collected. In the embodiment just described, it is important to note that only one flow channel is utilized, with the other remaining empty or filled with buffer to allow collection of the desired entity absent cross-contamination.
  • Heterogeneous mixtures susceptible to assaying utilizing large scale integrated microfluidic structures in accordance with embodiments of the present invention can generally be subdivided into two categories. A first category of heterogeneous mixtures comprises particles or molecules. A listing of such particles includes but is not limited to prokaryotic cells, eukaryotic cells, phages/viruses, and beads or other non-biological particles.
  • One example of such a mixture of particles for assaying is a heterogeneous mixture of bacteria, each harboring a plasmid containing a specific DNA sequence including a gene, a segment of a gene, or some other sequence of interest. The assay could select for the bacteria containing the desired DNA sequence, for example by identifying bacteria harboring the gene encoding a particular enzyme or protein that results in the desired traits.
  • Another example of a particle mixture for assaying by LSI microfluidic structures in accordance with the present invention comprises a heterogeneous mixture of eukaryotic cells. The assay performed on such a mixture could select a hybridoma cell that expresses a specific antibody.
  • Still another example of a particle mixture for assaying by LSI microfluidic structures in accordance with the present invention comprises a heterogeneous mixture of phages displaying recombinant protein on their surface. The assay performed on such a mixture could select for the phage that displays the protein with the desired traits.
  • Yet another example of a particle mixture for assaying by LSI microfluidic structures in accordance with the present invention comprises a heterogeneous mixture of beads, each coated with a single molecule type such as a particular protein, nucleic acid, peptide, or organic molecule. The assay performed on such a mixture could select the bead that is coated with the molecule with the wanted trait.
  • Large scale integrated microfluidic structures in accordance with embodiments of the present invention can also be utilized to perform assays on heterogenous mixtures of molecules. DNA lends itself to such an approach, due to its inherent capability for amplification utilizing the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) technique. Once amplified, downstream methods may be applied to the DNA, such as in vitro transcription/translation of the amplified template molecule.
  • One example of such a mixture of molecules for assaying is a heterogeneous mixture of linear or circular templates containing either different genes or clones of the same gene. Following amplification and in vitro transcription/translation, the assay could select for the template whose product (protein) exhibiting desired trait(s).
  • Another example of a molecular mixture for assaying by LSI microfluidic structures in accordance with the present invention comprises a heterogeneous mixture of linear or circular templates of simply various sequences. The assay could select for the template whose amplified product (DNA) exhibits the desired trait.
  • Yet another example of a molecular mixture for assaying by LSI microfluidic structures in accordance with the present invention comprises cDNA. An assay could be performed which selects the cDNA clone whose amplified (DNA) or final product (protein/peptide) has the desired traits.
  • Another example of a molecular mixture for assaying by LSI microfluidic structures in accordance with the present invention comprises a mixture of mRNA. The assay could select the mRNA template whose product (DNA or protein) exhibits the desired trait.
  • Another example of a molecular mixture for assaying by LSI microfluidic structures in accordance with the present invention comprises genomic DNA. The assay could select the genome or chromosome that exhibits the desired trait, i.e. shows an amplicon of a certain size and/or sequence.
  • Large scale integrated microfluidic structures in accordance with embodiments of the present invention could also be utilized to perform assays on molecular mixtures comprising other than nucleic acids. For example, molecular mixtures of proteins such as enzymes could be assayed, as these molecules would yield a signal amplification due to turnover of a substrate. The assay could select for the molecule with the desired activity and/or specificity.
  • The following techniques may be employed to detect the particle or molecule being separated out utilizing a LSI microfluidic structure in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Beads, Prokaryotic, and Eukaryotic cells may be detected by either light microscopy or fluorescence. Very small samples such as phages/viruses, non-amplified DNA, protein, and peptides may be detectable utilizing fluorescence techniques. Moreover, the use of micro-electro mechanical (MEMS) techniques may enable the fluorescence of even single molecules to be detected.
  • A number of assays may be utilized to detect a specific trait of an entity being separated utilizing an LSI microfluidic device in accordance with the present invention. For example, various binding assays may be utilized to detect all combinations between DNA, proteins, and peptides (i.e. protein-protein, DNA-protein, DNA-DNA, protein-peptide etc.). Examples of binding assays include but are not limited to ELISA, FRET, and autoradiography.
  • Various functional assays may be utilized to detect chemical changes in a target. Examples of such changes detectable by functional assays include but are not limited to, 1) enzymatic turnover of a non-fluorescent substrate to a fluorescent one, 2) enzymatic turnover of a non-chromagenic substrate to a chromagenic one, or from one color to another, 3) enzymatic turnover generating a chemilumiscent signal, and 4) autoradiography.
  • Homogeneous solutions of various substances may be screened against one another through diffusive mixing. A number of applications are susceptible to these types of assays. One example of such an application is screening cDNA library clones that have been separated for the presence of a specific DNA sequence (i.e. gene) or function. Another example of such an application is screening of chemical libraries including but not limited to peptide libraries, organic molecule libraries, oligomer libraries, and small molecules such as salt solutions. The chemical libraries may be screened for specific functions such as interference with an enzymatic reaction, disrupting specific binding, specific binding, ability to cause crystallization of proteins (small molecule/salt solutions), ability to serve as a substrate.
  • Other segmentation applications call for subdividing a homogeneous sample into aliquots that can be analyzed separately with independent chemical methods. For example, a large scale integrated microfluidic device such as is shown in FIG. 30 could be utilized to screen these individual entities of a homogenous mixture by exposure to many different reactants. In a first step, the homogenous sample could be flowed through an elongated flow channels. The flow would then be halted, and the vertical compartmentalization valves actuated to create reaction chamber segments isolated from each other. Next, a variety of chemical species differing from each other in identity or concentration could be flowed through a respective flow channel to each of the segments, and then mixed by deactuation of an intervening barrier valve. Observation of a resulting change in the mixture could reveal information about the homogeneous entity.
  • In a homogeneous segmentation application, it is possible to perform a 1*m screen, i.e. screen one homogeneous solution against 256 others in the structure of FIG. 30A. First, the solution to be assayed is loaded 256 times separate times into the sample input. Next, the chambers are compartmentalized using the sandwich barrier.
  • Now it is possible to dead end load a different solution into the chambers of the substrate serpentine using the multiplexers. In order to avoid problems with cross contamination and purging and cross contamination, the sandwich barrier could be decoupled into two separate valves, one valve compartmentalizing only the substrate serpentine, and a second valve compartmentalizing the sample serpentine.
  • By closing both sandwich barriers to compartmentalize both the substrate and sample serpentines, a different solution may be introduced into each of the 256 rows using the multiplexer for fluidic routing. For this purpose, the sample collection ports may be advantageously used fluid introduction instead of the purge input.
  • Once each of the 256 rows contains a separate homogenous solution, all the barrier valves and the mixing barrier may be closed. This loading is followed by purging either the substrate serpentine or sample serpentine with the solution to be assayed. Decoupling is useful during this step by allowing the substrate serpentine to remain compartmentalized while new fluid may be introduced into the sample serpentine, filling the 256 adjacent chambers with a new homogeneous fluid. By opening the mixing barrier, 256 experiments may be performed by diffusive mixing.
  • In summary, the devices previously described illustrate that complex fluidic circuits with nearly arbitrary complexity can be fabricated using microfluidic LSI. The rapid, simple fabrication procedure combined with the powerful valve multiplexing can be used to design chips for many applications, ranging from high throughput screening applications to the design of new liquid display technology. Scalability of the process makes it possible to design robust microfluidic devices with even higher densities of functional valve elements.
  • While the present invention has been described herein with reference to particular embodiments thereof, a latitude of modification, various changes and substitutions are intended in the foregoing disclosure, and it will be appreciated that in some instances some features of the invention will be employed without a corresponding use of other features without departing from the scope of the invention as set forth. Therefore, many modifications may be made to adapt a particular situation or material to the teachings of the invention without departing from the essential scope and spirit of the present invention. It is intended that the invention not be limited to the particular embodiment disclosed as the best mode contemplated for carrying out this invention, but that the invention will include all embodiments and equivalents falling within the scope of the claims.

Claims (18)

1-36. (canceled)
37. A method of isolating elements of heterogeneous sample, the method comprising:
flowing a sample comprising heterogeneous elements down a first elongated microfluidic flow channel;
actuating a first valve overlying the first elongated flow channel to define first and second segments, such that the first segment contains a first element of the heterogeneous sample and the second segment contains a second element of the heterogeneous sample.
38. The method of claim 37 further comprising diluting the heterogeneous sample to ensure that only one element of the sample is present in the first and second segments.
39. The method of claim 37 further comprising delivering a reactant to the first segment to react with the first element of the heterogeneous sample.
40. The method of claim 39 further comprising delivering the reactant to the second segment to react with the second element of the heterogeneous sample.
41. The method of claim 37 further comprising recovering the combined reactant and first sample element.
42. A microfluidic device comprising:
a selectively-addressable storage location defined within elastomer material;
a first flow channel in selective fluid communication with the storage location through a valve; and
a second flow channel in selective fluid communication with the storage location through a second valve.
43. The microfluidic device of claim 42, wherein the first and second flow channels are coplanar with the storage location.
44. The microfluidic device of claim 43, wherein:
the storage location is defined by an intersection between a third and a fourth flow channel; and
the second flow channel comprises a bus line parallel to the third flow channel.
45. The microfluidic device of claim 42, wherein the first and second flow channels are in fluid communication with the storage location through a vertical via.
46. The microfluidic device of claim 45 wherein:
the first flow channel is in fluid communication with the storage location through a first one-way valve; and
the storage location is in fluid communication with the second flow channel through a second one-way valve.
47. The microfluidic device of claim 46 further comprising:
a first control channel network adjacent to the first flow channel to define a first multiplexor configured to control pressure within the first flow channel; and
a second control channel network adjacent to the second flow channel to define a second multiplexor configured to control pressure within the second flow channel.
48. A method for selectively storing and recovering a material in a microfluidic device, the method comprising:
providing a chamber defined within an elastomer material;
selectively flowing a material into the chamber through a first valve in a first flow channel; and
selectively flowing the material from the chamber through a second valve in a second flow channel.
49. The method of claim 48 wherein:
the material is flowed into the chamber through the first flow channel disposed on the same plane as the chamber; and
the material is flowed from the chamber through the second flow channel disposed on the same plane as the chamber and the first flow channel.
50. The method of claim 48 wherein:
the material is flowed into the chamber through the first flow channel disposed one of beneath or above the chamber; and
the material is flowed from the chamber through the second flow channel disposed on the other of beneath or above the chamber and the first flow channel.
51. The method of claim 50 wherein:
the material is flowed into the chamber through a first one-way valve; and
the material is flowed from the chamber through a second one-way valve.
52. The method of claim 48 wherein the material comprises an optically absorbing material, such that the microfluidic device functions as a display.
53. The method of claim 48 wherein the material comprises a cell, such that the microfluidic device functions as a cell pen.
US12/577,689 2002-09-25 2009-10-12 Microfluidic Large Scale Integration Abandoned US20100154890A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12/577,689 US20100154890A1 (en) 2002-09-25 2009-10-12 Microfluidic Large Scale Integration
US13/679,328 US9714443B2 (en) 2002-09-25 2012-11-16 Microfabricated structure having parallel and orthogonal flow channels controlled by row and column multiplexors

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US41386002P 2002-09-25 2002-09-25
US10/670,997 US7143785B2 (en) 2002-09-25 2003-09-24 Microfluidic large scale integration
US11/463,241 US20080029169A1 (en) 2002-09-25 2006-08-08 Microfluidic large scale integration
US12/577,689 US20100154890A1 (en) 2002-09-25 2009-10-12 Microfluidic Large Scale Integration

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/463,241 Continuation US20080029169A1 (en) 2002-09-25 2006-08-08 Microfluidic large scale integration

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/679,328 Continuation US9714443B2 (en) 2002-09-25 2012-11-16 Microfabricated structure having parallel and orthogonal flow channels controlled by row and column multiplexors

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20100154890A1 true US20100154890A1 (en) 2010-06-24

Family

ID=32043305

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/670,997 Active 2024-05-29 US7143785B2 (en) 2002-09-25 2003-09-24 Microfluidic large scale integration
US11/463,241 Abandoned US20080029169A1 (en) 2002-09-25 2006-08-08 Microfluidic large scale integration
US12/577,689 Abandoned US20100154890A1 (en) 2002-09-25 2009-10-12 Microfluidic Large Scale Integration
US13/679,328 Expired - Lifetime US9714443B2 (en) 2002-09-25 2012-11-16 Microfabricated structure having parallel and orthogonal flow channels controlled by row and column multiplexors

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/670,997 Active 2024-05-29 US7143785B2 (en) 2002-09-25 2003-09-24 Microfluidic large scale integration
US11/463,241 Abandoned US20080029169A1 (en) 2002-09-25 2006-08-08 Microfluidic large scale integration

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/679,328 Expired - Lifetime US9714443B2 (en) 2002-09-25 2012-11-16 Microfabricated structure having parallel and orthogonal flow channels controlled by row and column multiplexors

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (4) US7143785B2 (en)
EP (3) EP2213615A3 (en)
JP (1) JP2006501056A (en)
AU (1) AU2003282875A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2500283A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2004028955A2 (en)

Cited By (50)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050053952A1 (en) * 2002-10-02 2005-03-10 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic nucleic acid analysis
US20050072946A1 (en) * 2002-09-25 2005-04-07 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic large scale integration
US20070209574A1 (en) * 2001-04-06 2007-09-13 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic protein crystallography techniques
US20070224617A1 (en) * 2006-01-26 2007-09-27 California Institute Of Technology Mechanically induced trapping of molecular interactions
US20080108063A1 (en) * 2006-04-24 2008-05-08 Fluidigm Corporation Assay Methods
US20080129736A1 (en) * 2006-11-30 2008-06-05 Fluidigm Corporation Method and apparatus for biological sample analysis
US20080210319A1 (en) * 1999-06-28 2008-09-04 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated elastomeric valve and pump systems
US20080223721A1 (en) * 2007-01-19 2008-09-18 Fluidigm Corporation High Efficiency and High Precision Microfluidic Devices and Methods
US20080264863A1 (en) * 2004-12-03 2008-10-30 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic Sieve Valves
US20080281090A1 (en) * 2004-12-03 2008-11-13 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic Chemical Reaction Circuits
US20090069194A1 (en) * 2007-09-07 2009-03-12 Fluidigm Corporation Copy number variation determination, methods and systems
US20100024888A1 (en) * 2006-03-27 2010-02-04 Xiaosheng Guan Fluidic flow merging apparatus
US20100183481A1 (en) * 2003-11-26 2010-07-22 Fluidigm Corporation Devices And Methods For Holding Microfluidic Devices
US20100187105A1 (en) * 1999-06-28 2010-07-29 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated Elastomeric Valve And Pump Systems
US20100197522A1 (en) * 2005-08-30 2010-08-05 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic Chaotic Mixing Systems And Methods
US20100230613A1 (en) * 2009-01-16 2010-09-16 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic devices and methods
US20100263732A1 (en) * 2001-04-06 2010-10-21 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic Free Interface Diffusion Techniques
US20100320364A1 (en) * 2004-06-07 2010-12-23 Fluidigm Corporation Optical lens system and method for microfluidic devices
US20110020918A1 (en) * 2005-09-13 2011-01-27 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic Assay Devices And Methods
US20110126910A1 (en) * 2009-07-23 2011-06-02 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic devices and methods for binary mixing
US20110151498A1 (en) * 2000-11-16 2011-06-23 California Institute Of Technology Apparatus and methods for conducting assays and high throughput screening
US20110229872A1 (en) * 1997-09-23 2011-09-22 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated Cell Sorter
US8105824B2 (en) 2004-01-25 2012-01-31 Fluidigm Corporation Integrated chip carriers with thermocycler interfaces and methods of using the same
US8105550B2 (en) 2003-05-20 2012-01-31 Fluidigm Corporation Method and system for microfluidic device and imaging thereof
US8163492B2 (en) 2001-11-30 2012-04-24 Fluidign Corporation Microfluidic device and methods of using same
US8247178B2 (en) 2003-04-03 2012-08-21 Fluidigm Corporation Thermal reaction device and method for using the same
US8257666B2 (en) 2000-06-05 2012-09-04 California Institute Of Technology Integrated active flux microfluidic devices and methods
US8343442B2 (en) 2001-11-30 2013-01-01 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic device and methods of using same
US8388822B2 (en) 1996-09-25 2013-03-05 California Institute Of Technology Method and apparatus for analysis and sorting of polynucleotides based on size
US8420017B2 (en) 2006-02-28 2013-04-16 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic reaction apparatus for high throughput screening
US8426159B2 (en) 2004-01-16 2013-04-23 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic chemostat
US8445210B2 (en) 2000-09-15 2013-05-21 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated crossflow devices and methods
US8475743B2 (en) 2008-04-11 2013-07-02 Fluidigm Corporation Multilevel microfluidic systems and methods
US8600168B2 (en) 2006-09-13 2013-12-03 Fluidigm Corporation Methods and systems for image processing of microfluidic devices
US8617488B2 (en) 2008-08-07 2013-12-31 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic mixing and reaction systems for high efficiency screening
US8658418B2 (en) 2002-04-01 2014-02-25 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic particle-analysis systems
US8691010B2 (en) 1999-06-28 2014-04-08 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic protein crystallography
US8709153B2 (en) 1999-06-28 2014-04-29 California Institute Of Technology Microfludic protein crystallography techniques
US8809238B2 (en) 2011-05-09 2014-08-19 Fluidigm Corporation Probe based nucleic acid detection
US8828663B2 (en) 2005-03-18 2014-09-09 Fluidigm Corporation Thermal reaction device and method for using the same
US8874273B2 (en) 2005-04-20 2014-10-28 Fluidigm Corporation Analysis engine and database for manipulating parameters for fluidic systems on a chip
US9039997B2 (en) 2009-10-02 2015-05-26 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic devices with removable cover and methods of fabrication and application
US9157116B2 (en) 2008-02-08 2015-10-13 Fluidigm Corporation Combinatorial amplification and detection of nucleic acids
US9168531B2 (en) 2011-03-24 2015-10-27 Fluidigm Corporation Method for thermal cycling of microfluidic samples
WO2016059619A2 (en) 2014-10-17 2016-04-21 Ecole Polytechnique Federale De Lausanne (Epfl) Microfluidic device and method for isolation of nucleic acids
US9353406B2 (en) 2010-10-22 2016-05-31 Fluidigm Corporation Universal probe assay methods
US9579830B2 (en) 2008-07-25 2017-02-28 Fluidigm Corporation Method and system for manufacturing integrated fluidic chips
US9644231B2 (en) 2011-05-09 2017-05-09 Fluidigm Corporation Nucleic acid detection using probes
US9714443B2 (en) 2002-09-25 2017-07-25 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated structure having parallel and orthogonal flow channels controlled by row and column multiplexors
US10052631B2 (en) 2013-03-05 2018-08-21 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Microfluidic devices for the rapid and automated processing of sample populations

Families Citing this family (133)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8329118B2 (en) * 2004-09-02 2012-12-11 Honeywell International Inc. Method and apparatus for determining one or more operating parameters for a microfluidic circuit
WO2004076859A2 (en) * 2003-02-24 2004-09-10 Mark Banister Pulse activated actuator pump system
JP5419248B2 (en) * 2003-04-03 2014-02-19 フルイディグム コーポレイション Microfluidic device and method of use thereof
US7476363B2 (en) 2003-04-03 2009-01-13 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic devices and methods of using same
US20050145496A1 (en) * 2003-04-03 2005-07-07 Federico Goodsaid Thermal reaction device and method for using the same
US7419639B2 (en) * 2004-05-12 2008-09-02 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Multilayer microfluidic device
JP4770312B2 (en) * 2005-07-26 2011-09-14 トヨタ自動車株式会社 Gas diluter
WO2007044888A2 (en) * 2005-10-11 2007-04-19 The Johns Hopkins Univerisity Microfluidic device and method for high-throughput cellular gradient and dose response studies
US8822206B2 (en) * 2005-10-11 2014-09-02 The Johns Hopkins University Device for high-throughput stimulation, immunostaining, and visualization of single cells
US20070095413A1 (en) * 2005-11-01 2007-05-03 Georgia Tech Research Corporation Systems and methods for controlling the flow of a fluidic medium
EP2041214A4 (en) 2006-07-10 2009-07-08 Medipacs Inc Super elastic epoxy hydrogel
US7708031B2 (en) 2006-11-13 2010-05-04 International Business Machines Corporation Check valve
US8681743B2 (en) * 2006-12-08 2014-03-25 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for selecting frame structure in multihop relay broadband wireless access communication system
GB2459220B (en) 2007-01-12 2012-09-05 Kopin Corp Head mounted computing device
US9217868B2 (en) 2007-01-12 2015-12-22 Kopin Corporation Monocular display device
US20090007969A1 (en) * 2007-07-05 2009-01-08 3M Innovative Properties Company Microfluidic actuation structures
US8206025B2 (en) 2007-08-07 2012-06-26 International Business Machines Corporation Microfluid mixer, methods of use and methods of manufacture thereof
EP2198168A4 (en) * 2007-09-28 2013-12-25 Univ Toronto A system, apparatus and method for applying mechanical force to a material
US20110275544A1 (en) * 2007-10-01 2011-11-10 University Of Southern California Microfluidic integration with nanosensor platform
CN101910415B (en) * 2007-11-07 2015-02-25 不列颠哥伦比亚大学 Microfluidic device and method of using same
JP2011505520A (en) 2007-12-03 2011-02-24 メディパックス インコーポレイテッド Fluid metering device
DE102007060352A1 (en) 2007-12-12 2009-06-18 Richter, Andreas, Dr. Device for electronically compatible thermal controlling of integrated micro-systems on basis of active temperature sensitive hydraulic gels, has component, which produces temperature field
US9298261B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2016-03-29 Tactus Technology, Inc. Method for actuating a tactile interface layer
US8570295B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2013-10-29 Tactus Technology, Inc. User interface system
US9128525B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2015-09-08 Tactus Technology, Inc. Dynamic tactile interface
US9552065B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2017-01-24 Tactus Technology, Inc. Dynamic tactile interface
US9612659B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2017-04-04 Tactus Technology, Inc. User interface system
US9367132B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2016-06-14 Tactus Technology, Inc. User interface system
US9557915B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2017-01-31 Tactus Technology, Inc. Dynamic tactile interface
US9720501B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2017-08-01 Tactus Technology, Inc. Dynamic tactile interface
US8456438B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2013-06-04 Tactus Technology, Inc. User interface system
US9423875B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2016-08-23 Tactus Technology, Inc. Dynamic tactile interface with exhibiting optical dispersion characteristics
US8243038B2 (en) 2009-07-03 2012-08-14 Tactus Technologies Method for adjusting the user interface of a device
US9063627B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2015-06-23 Tactus Technology, Inc. User interface and methods
US9372565B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2016-06-21 Tactus Technology, Inc. Dynamic tactile interface
US8154527B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2012-04-10 Tactus Technology User interface system
US8179377B2 (en) 2009-01-05 2012-05-15 Tactus Technology User interface system
US9274612B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2016-03-01 Tactus Technology, Inc. User interface system
US8179375B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2012-05-15 Tactus Technology User interface system and method
US8207950B2 (en) 2009-07-03 2012-06-26 Tactus Technologies User interface enhancement system
US9052790B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2015-06-09 Tactus Technology, Inc. User interface and methods
US8547339B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2013-10-01 Tactus Technology, Inc. System and methods for raised touch screens
US8922510B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2014-12-30 Tactus Technology, Inc. User interface system
US9588683B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2017-03-07 Tactus Technology, Inc. Dynamic tactile interface
US8947383B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2015-02-03 Tactus Technology, Inc. User interface system and method
US8553005B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2013-10-08 Tactus Technology, Inc. User interface system
US8970403B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2015-03-03 Tactus Technology, Inc. Method for actuating a tactile interface layer
US20160187981A1 (en) 2008-01-04 2016-06-30 Tactus Technology, Inc. Manual fluid actuator
US8096786B2 (en) * 2008-02-27 2012-01-17 University Of Massachusetts Three dimensional micro-fluidic pumps and valves
US8096784B2 (en) * 2008-04-16 2012-01-17 National Taiwan Ocean University Bi-directional continuous peristaltic micro-pump
US20090315126A1 (en) * 2008-06-20 2009-12-24 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Bonded Microfluidic System Comprising Thermal Bend Actuated Valve
US8062612B2 (en) * 2008-06-20 2011-11-22 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd MEMS integrated circuit comprising microfluidic diaphragm valve
US8075855B2 (en) * 2008-06-20 2011-12-13 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd MEMS integrated circuit comprising peristaltic microfluidic pump
US20090314368A1 (en) * 2008-06-20 2009-12-24 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Microfluidic System Comprising Pinch Valve and On-Chip MEMS Pump
US20090314367A1 (en) * 2008-06-20 2009-12-24 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Bonded Microfluidics System Comprising CMOS-Controllable Microfluidic Devices
US20090317301A1 (en) * 2008-06-20 2009-12-24 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Bonded Microfluidics System Comprising MEMS-Actuated Microfluidic Devices
US8080220B2 (en) 2008-06-20 2011-12-20 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Thermal bend actuated microfluidic peristaltic pump
US8092761B2 (en) * 2008-06-20 2012-01-10 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Mechanically-actuated microfluidic diaphragm valve
US20090317302A1 (en) * 2008-06-20 2009-12-24 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Microfluidic System Comprising MEMS Integrated Circuit
US20100102261A1 (en) * 2008-10-28 2010-04-29 Microfluidic Systems, Inc. Microfluidic valve mechanism
US20100204062A1 (en) * 2008-11-07 2010-08-12 University Of Southern California Calibration methods for multiplexed sensor arrays
SG10201404682WA (en) * 2008-12-08 2014-10-30 Fluidigm Corp Programmable microfluidic digital array
US9588684B2 (en) 2009-01-05 2017-03-07 Tactus Technology, Inc. Tactile interface for a computing device
WO2010078596A1 (en) 2009-01-05 2010-07-08 Tactus Technology, Inc. User interface system
SG10201402770YA (en) 2009-04-02 2014-08-28 Fluidigm Corp Multi-primer amplification method for barcoding of target nucleic acids
WO2010115143A1 (en) * 2009-04-03 2010-10-07 University Of Southern California Surface modification of nanosensor platforms to increase sensitivity and reproducibility
US8230744B2 (en) 2009-05-06 2012-07-31 Cequr Sa Low-dead volume microfluidic circuit and methods
US20100282766A1 (en) * 2009-05-06 2010-11-11 Heiko Arndt Low-Dead Volume Microfluidic Component and Method
AU2010276403A1 (en) 2009-07-20 2012-03-08 Siloam Biosciences, Inc. Microfluidic assay platforms
DE102009035292A1 (en) 2009-07-30 2011-02-03 Karlsruher Institut für Technologie Device for controlling the flow of fluids through microfluidic channels, methods of their operation and their use
US9238102B2 (en) 2009-09-10 2016-01-19 Medipacs, Inc. Low profile actuator and improved method of caregiver controlled administration of therapeutics
US20110143378A1 (en) * 2009-11-12 2011-06-16 CyVek LLC. Microfluidic method and apparatus for high performance biological assays
US9855735B2 (en) 2009-11-23 2018-01-02 Cyvek, Inc. Portable microfluidic assay devices and methods of manufacture and use
US9216412B2 (en) 2009-11-23 2015-12-22 Cyvek, Inc. Microfluidic devices and methods of manufacture and use
WO2011063408A1 (en) 2009-11-23 2011-05-26 Cyvek, Inc. Method and apparatus for performing assays
US9700889B2 (en) 2009-11-23 2017-07-11 Cyvek, Inc. Methods and systems for manufacture of microarray assay systems, conducting microfluidic assays, and monitoring and scanning to obtain microfluidic assay results
US9651568B2 (en) 2009-11-23 2017-05-16 Cyvek, Inc. Methods and systems for epi-fluorescent monitoring and scanning for microfluidic assays
US9500645B2 (en) 2009-11-23 2016-11-22 Cyvek, Inc. Micro-tube particles for microfluidic assays and methods of manufacture
US10065403B2 (en) 2009-11-23 2018-09-04 Cyvek, Inc. Microfluidic assay assemblies and methods of manufacture
WO2013134745A1 (en) 2012-03-08 2013-09-12 Cyvek, Inc Portable microfluidic assay devices and methods of manufacture and use
US9759718B2 (en) 2009-11-23 2017-09-12 Cyvek, Inc. PDMS membrane-confined nucleic acid and antibody/antigen-functionalized microlength tube capture elements, and systems employing them, and methods of their use
WO2011066588A1 (en) 2009-11-30 2011-06-03 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic device regeneration
WO2011087817A1 (en) 2009-12-21 2011-07-21 Tactus Technology User interface system
WO2011087816A1 (en) 2009-12-21 2011-07-21 Tactus Technology User interface system
US9298262B2 (en) 2010-01-05 2016-03-29 Tactus Technology, Inc. Dynamic tactile interface
US9188243B2 (en) 2010-01-29 2015-11-17 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Microfluidic flow devices, methods and systems
US9500186B2 (en) 2010-02-01 2016-11-22 Medipacs, Inc. High surface area polymer actuator with gas mitigating components
US8619035B2 (en) 2010-02-10 2013-12-31 Tactus Technology, Inc. Method for assisting user input to a device
US10787701B2 (en) 2010-04-05 2020-09-29 Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. Spatially encoded biological assays
US20190300945A1 (en) 2010-04-05 2019-10-03 Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. Spatially Encoded Biological Assays
WO2011127099A1 (en) 2010-04-05 2011-10-13 Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. Spatially encoded biological assays
KR20130136905A (en) 2010-04-19 2013-12-13 택투스 테크놀로지, 아이엔씨. User interface system
GB2481425A (en) 2010-06-23 2011-12-28 Iti Scotland Ltd Method and device for assembling polynucleic acid sequences
US9188593B2 (en) 2010-07-16 2015-11-17 The University Of British Columbia Methods for assaying cellular binding interactions
WO2012054780A1 (en) 2010-10-20 2012-04-26 Tactus Technology User interface system
CN103124946B (en) 2010-10-20 2016-06-29 泰克图斯科技公司 User interface system and method
EP2694709B1 (en) 2011-04-08 2016-09-14 Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. Peptide constructs and assay systems
GB201106254D0 (en) 2011-04-13 2011-05-25 Frisen Jonas Method and product
US9968894B2 (en) 2011-12-14 2018-05-15 Waters Technologies Corporation Targeted frequency multiple path length mixers
WO2013138524A1 (en) 2012-03-14 2013-09-19 Medipacs, Inc. Smart polymer materials with excess reactive molecules
US9405417B2 (en) 2012-09-24 2016-08-02 Tactus Technology, Inc. Dynamic tactile interface and methods
CN104662497A (en) 2012-09-24 2015-05-27 泰克图斯科技公司 Dynamic tactile interface and methods
US20150285794A1 (en) * 2012-10-19 2015-10-08 Ecole Polytechnique Federale De Lausanne (Epfl) High-throughput nanoimmunoassay chip
WO2014144789A2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-18 Fluidigm Corporation Methods and devices for analysis of defined multicellular combinations
CA2907050C (en) 2013-03-15 2023-09-26 Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. Methods for detecting peptide/mhc/tcr binding
CN111500680A (en) 2013-06-25 2020-08-07 普罗格诺西斯生物科学公司 Method and system for detecting spatial distribution of biological targets in a sample
US9557813B2 (en) 2013-06-28 2017-01-31 Tactus Technology, Inc. Method for reducing perceived optical distortion
GB2516670A (en) * 2013-07-29 2015-02-04 Atlas Genetics Ltd Fluid control device and method of manufacture
EP3052219B1 (en) 2013-10-01 2020-04-22 The Broad Institute, Inc. Sieve valves, microfluidic circuits, microfluidic devices, kits, and methods for isolating an analyte
US10288608B2 (en) 2013-11-08 2019-05-14 Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. Polynucleotide conjugates and methods for analyte detection
DE102014205541A1 (en) * 2014-03-25 2015-10-01 Robert Bosch Gmbh A microfluidic device and method for controlling fluid flow in a microfluidic device
CN106574729B (en) 2014-06-17 2019-02-15 生命技术公司 Clamp flow regulator
WO2016138290A1 (en) * 2015-02-25 2016-09-01 The Broad Institute, Inc. Reaction circuit design in microfluidic circuits
ES2955488T3 (en) 2015-04-10 2023-12-01 Spatial Transcriptomics Ab Multiplex analysis of biological specimens of spatially distinguished nucleic acids
US10228367B2 (en) 2015-12-01 2019-03-12 ProteinSimple Segmented multi-use automated assay cartridge
US11117113B2 (en) 2015-12-16 2021-09-14 Fluidigm Corporation High-level multiplex amplification
US10531560B2 (en) * 2016-03-31 2020-01-07 International Business Machines Corporation Use of conducting fluid in printed circuits
US10732712B2 (en) 2016-12-27 2020-08-04 Facebook Technologies, Llc Large scale integration of haptic devices
US11185830B2 (en) 2017-09-06 2021-11-30 Waters Technologies Corporation Fluid mixer
KR20200128534A (en) 2018-03-02 2020-11-13 내셔날 리서치 카운실 오브 캐나다 Polymer microfluidic valve
CN109395649B (en) * 2018-12-07 2023-11-17 福州大学 Paper-based microfluidic micromixer and control method thereof
US11255790B2 (en) 2019-01-08 2022-02-22 Boe Technology Group Co., Ltd. Fluid detection panel with filter structure and fluid detection device with filter structure
CN109632660B (en) 2019-01-17 2022-04-05 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Fluid detection panel
CN114207433A (en) 2019-08-12 2022-03-18 沃特世科技公司 Mixer for chromatography system
EP4107277A1 (en) * 2020-02-20 2022-12-28 Standard BioTools Inc. Parallelized sample processing and library prep
US11768175B1 (en) 2020-03-04 2023-09-26 10X Genomics, Inc. Electrophoretic methods for spatial analysis
EP4153775A1 (en) 2020-05-22 2023-03-29 10X Genomics, Inc. Simultaneous spatio-temporal measurement of gene expression and cellular activity
EP4162074A1 (en) 2020-06-08 2023-04-12 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods of determining a surgical margin and methods of use thereof
JP2022015499A (en) 2020-07-09 2022-01-21 キオクシア株式会社 Storage device
EP4217729A1 (en) 2020-09-22 2023-08-02 Waters Technologies Corporation Continuous flow mixer
AU2021409136A1 (en) 2020-12-21 2023-06-29 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods, compositions, and systems for capturing probes and/or barcodes
US11794186B2 (en) 2021-07-23 2023-10-24 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Microfluidic devices including fluidic multiplexers
GB2609501A (en) * 2021-08-06 2023-02-08 Motorskins Ug Human-machine interface for displaying tactile information

Citations (96)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3560754A (en) * 1965-11-17 1971-02-02 Ibm Photoelectric particle separator using time delay
US3570515A (en) * 1969-06-19 1971-03-16 Foxboro Co Aminar stream cross-flow fluid diffusion logic gate
US4245673A (en) * 1978-03-01 1981-01-20 La Telemechanique Electrique Pneumatic logic circuit
US4250929A (en) * 1979-10-22 1981-02-17 Andreev Evgeny I Pneumatically operated switch
US4313465A (en) * 1977-11-19 1982-02-02 Pierburg Luftfahrtgerate Union Gmbh Method and control device for dosing flow media
US4373527A (en) * 1979-04-27 1983-02-15 The Johns Hopkins University Implantable, programmable medication infusion system
US4434704A (en) * 1980-04-14 1984-03-06 Halliburton Company Hydraulic digital stepper actuator
US4565026A (en) * 1983-09-15 1986-01-21 Bohme August E Remote release deep trolling system
US4575681A (en) * 1982-11-12 1986-03-11 Teleco Oilfield Services Inc. Insulating and electrode structure for a drill string
US4797842A (en) * 1985-03-28 1989-01-10 International Business Machines Corporation Method of generating finite elements using the symmetric axis transform
US4898582A (en) * 1988-08-09 1990-02-06 Pharmetrix Corporation Portable infusion device assembly
US4908112A (en) * 1988-06-16 1990-03-13 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours & Co. Silicon semiconductor wafer for analyzing micronic biological samples
US4992312A (en) * 1989-03-13 1991-02-12 Dow Corning Wright Corporation Methods of forming permeation-resistant, silicone elastomer-containing composite laminates and devices produced thereby
US5085562A (en) * 1989-04-11 1992-02-04 Westonbridge International Limited Micropump having a constant output
US5088515A (en) * 1989-05-01 1992-02-18 Kamen Dean L Valve system with removable fluid interface
US5091652A (en) * 1990-01-12 1992-02-25 The Regents Of The University Of California Laser excited confocal microscope fluorescence scanner and method
US5100627A (en) * 1989-11-30 1992-03-31 The Regents Of The University Of California Chamber for the optical manipulation of microscopic particles
US5290240A (en) * 1993-02-03 1994-03-01 Pharmetrix Corporation Electrochemical controlled dispensing assembly and method for selective and controlled delivery of a dispensing fluid
US5400741A (en) * 1993-05-21 1995-03-28 Medical Foundation Of Buffalo, Inc. Device for growing crystals
US5486335A (en) * 1992-05-01 1996-01-23 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Analysis based on flow restriction
US5487003A (en) * 1992-04-08 1996-01-23 Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Simulation method and device for aiding the design of a fluid torque converter
US5496009A (en) * 1994-10-07 1996-03-05 Bayer Corporation Valve
US5498392A (en) * 1992-05-01 1996-03-12 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Mesoscale polynucleotide amplification device and method
US5500071A (en) * 1994-10-19 1996-03-19 Hewlett-Packard Company Miniaturized planar columns in novel support media for liquid phase analysis
US5593130A (en) * 1993-06-09 1997-01-14 Pharmacia Biosensor Ab Valve, especially for fluid handling bodies with microflowchannels
US5595650A (en) * 1994-03-03 1997-01-21 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Device and a method for the separation of fluid substances
US5604098A (en) * 1993-03-24 1997-02-18 Molecular Biology Resources, Inc. Methods and materials for restriction endonuclease applications
US5608519A (en) * 1995-03-20 1997-03-04 Gourley; Paul L. Laser apparatus and method for microscopic and spectroscopic analysis and processing of biological cells
US5705018A (en) * 1995-12-13 1998-01-06 Hartley; Frank T. Micromachined peristaltic pump
US5716852A (en) * 1996-03-29 1998-02-10 University Of Washington Microfabricated diffusion-based chemical sensor
US5726751A (en) * 1995-09-27 1998-03-10 University Of Washington Silicon microchannel optical flow cytometer
US5726404A (en) * 1996-05-31 1998-03-10 University Of Washington Valveless liquid microswitch
US5856174A (en) * 1995-06-29 1999-01-05 Affymetrix, Inc. Integrated nucleic acid diagnostic device
US5858649A (en) * 1992-07-17 1999-01-12 Aprogenex, Inc. Amplification of mRNA for distinguishing fetal cells in maternal blood
US5858187A (en) * 1996-09-26 1999-01-12 Lockheed Martin Energy Systems, Inc. Apparatus and method for performing electrodynamic focusing on a microchip
US5858195A (en) * 1994-08-01 1999-01-12 Lockheed Martin Energy Research Corporation Apparatus and method for performing microfluidic manipulations for chemical analysis and synthesis
US5863502A (en) * 1996-01-24 1999-01-26 Sarnoff Corporation Parallel reaction cassette and associated devices
US5863801A (en) * 1996-06-14 1999-01-26 Sarnoff Corporation Automated nucleic acid isolation
US5863722A (en) * 1994-10-13 1999-01-26 Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. Method of sorting polynucleotides
US5866345A (en) * 1992-05-01 1999-02-02 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Apparatus for the detection of an analyte utilizing mesoscale flow systems
US5867399A (en) * 1990-04-06 1999-02-02 Lsi Logic Corporation System and method for creating and validating structural description of electronic system from higher-level and behavior-oriented description
US5869004A (en) * 1997-06-09 1999-02-09 Caliper Technologies Corp. Methods and apparatus for in situ concentration and/or dilution of materials in microfluidic systems
US5872010A (en) * 1995-07-21 1999-02-16 Northeastern University Microscale fluid handling system
US5871697A (en) * 1995-10-24 1999-02-16 Curagen Corporation Method and apparatus for identifying, classifying, or quantifying DNA sequences in a sample without sequencing
US5876187A (en) * 1995-03-09 1999-03-02 University Of Washington Micropumps with fixed valves
US5875817A (en) * 1995-08-17 1999-03-02 Ortech Corporation Digital gas metering system using tri-stable and bi-stable solenoids
US5876675A (en) * 1997-08-05 1999-03-02 Caliper Technologies Corp. Microfluidic devices and systems
US5876946A (en) * 1997-06-03 1999-03-02 Pharmacopeia, Inc. High-throughput assay
US5880071A (en) * 1996-06-28 1999-03-09 Caliper Technologies Corporation Electropipettor and compensation means for electrophoretic bias
US5885470A (en) * 1997-04-14 1999-03-23 Caliper Technologies Corporation Controlled fluid transport in microfabricated polymeric substrates
US5888778A (en) * 1997-06-16 1999-03-30 Exact Laboratories, Inc. High-throughput screening method for identification of genetic mutations or disease-causing microorganisms using segmented primers
US6015531A (en) * 1996-06-07 2000-01-18 Bio Merieux Single-use analysis card comprising a liquid flow duct
US6018616A (en) * 1998-02-23 2000-01-25 Applied Materials, Inc. Thermal cycling module and process using radiant heat
US6040166A (en) * 1985-03-28 2000-03-21 Roche Molecular Systems, Inc. Kits for amplifying and detecting nucleic acid sequences, including a probe
US6042709A (en) * 1996-06-28 2000-03-28 Caliper Technologies Corp. Microfluidic sampling system and methods
US6167910B1 (en) * 1998-01-20 2001-01-02 Caliper Technologies Corp. Multi-layer microfluidic devices
US6171850B1 (en) * 1999-03-08 2001-01-09 Caliper Technologies Corp. Integrated devices and systems for performing temperature controlled reactions and analyses
US6174365B1 (en) * 1996-07-15 2001-01-16 Sumitomo Metal Industries, Ltd. Apparatus for crystal growth and crystal growth method employing the same
US6182020B1 (en) * 1992-10-29 2001-01-30 Altera Corporation Design verification method for programmable logic design
US6202687B1 (en) * 1997-10-18 2001-03-20 Bioneer Corporation Matrix multiple valve system
US20020005354A1 (en) * 1997-09-23 2002-01-17 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated cell sorter
US20020012926A1 (en) * 2000-03-03 2002-01-31 Mycometrix, Inc. Combinatorial array for nucleic acid analysis
US6344325B1 (en) * 1996-09-25 2002-02-05 California Institute Of Technology Methods for analysis and sorting of polynucleotides
US20020014673A1 (en) * 1992-04-08 2002-02-07 Elm Technology Corporation Method of making membrane integrated circuits
US6345502B1 (en) * 1997-11-12 2002-02-12 California Institute Of Technology Micromachined parylene membrane valve and pump
US6352838B1 (en) * 1999-04-07 2002-03-05 The Regents Of The Universtiy Of California Microfluidic DNA sample preparation method and device
US20020028504A1 (en) * 2000-08-25 2002-03-07 Maccaskill John Simpson Configurable microreactor network
US6355420B1 (en) * 1997-02-12 2002-03-12 Us Genomics Methods and products for analyzing polymers
US6358387B1 (en) * 2000-03-27 2002-03-19 Caliper Technologies Corporation Ultra high throughput microfluidic analytical systems and methods
US6361671B1 (en) * 1999-01-11 2002-03-26 The Regents Of The University Of California Microfabricated capillary electrophoresis chip and method for simultaneously detecting multiple redox labels
US20020037499A1 (en) * 2000-06-05 2002-03-28 California Institute Of Technology Integrated active flux microfluidic devices and methods
US6505125B1 (en) * 1999-09-28 2003-01-07 Affymetrix, Inc. Methods and computer software products for multiple probe gene expression analysis
US20030008308A1 (en) * 2001-04-06 2003-01-09 California Institute Of Technology Nucleic acid amplification utilizing microfluidic devices
US6508988B1 (en) * 2000-10-03 2003-01-21 California Institute Of Technology Combinatorial synthesis system
US20030019833A1 (en) * 1999-06-28 2003-01-30 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated elastomeric valve and pump systems
US6520936B1 (en) * 1999-06-08 2003-02-18 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Method and apparatus for infusing liquids using a chemical reaction in an implanted infusion device
US6528249B1 (en) * 1995-07-18 2003-03-04 Diversa Corporation Protein activity screening of clones having DNA from uncultivated microorganisms
US6533914B1 (en) * 1999-07-08 2003-03-18 Shaorong Liu Microfabricated injector and capillary array assembly for high-resolution and high throughput separation
US6537799B2 (en) * 1997-09-02 2003-03-25 Caliper Technologies Corp. Electrical current for controlling fluid parameters in microchannels
US6677131B2 (en) * 2001-05-14 2004-01-13 Corning Incorporated Well frame including connectors for biological fluids
US6689473B2 (en) * 2001-07-17 2004-02-10 Surmodics, Inc. Self assembling monolayer compositions
US6847153B1 (en) * 2001-06-13 2005-01-25 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy Polyurethane electrostriction
US20050037471A1 (en) * 2003-08-11 2005-02-17 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic rotary flow reactor matrix
US20050053952A1 (en) * 2002-10-02 2005-03-10 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic nucleic acid analysis
US6866785B2 (en) * 2001-08-13 2005-03-15 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Photopolymerized sol-gel column and associated methods
US20050065735A1 (en) * 2000-06-27 2005-03-24 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic design automation method and system
US20070004033A1 (en) * 2001-11-30 2007-01-04 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic device and methods of using same
US7161736B2 (en) * 2000-08-16 2007-01-09 California Institute Of Technology Solid immersion lens structures and methods for producing solid immersion lens structures
US7192629B2 (en) * 2001-10-11 2007-03-20 California Institute Of Technology Devices utilizing self-assembled gel and method of manufacture
US20080029169A1 (en) * 2002-09-25 2008-02-07 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic large scale integration
US20080050283A1 (en) * 2000-10-03 2008-02-28 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic devices and methods of use
US20080075380A1 (en) * 2006-09-13 2008-03-27 Fluidigm Corporation Methods and systems for image processing of microfluidic devices
US7476363B2 (en) * 2003-04-03 2009-01-13 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic devices and methods of using same
US20090018195A1 (en) * 2004-01-16 2009-01-15 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic chemostat
US20090035838A1 (en) * 2000-09-15 2009-02-05 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated Crossflow Devices and Methods
US7666361B2 (en) * 2003-04-03 2010-02-23 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic devices and methods of using same

Family Cites Families (307)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2478400A (en) 1945-08-17 1949-08-09 Eastman Kodak Co Silver halide photographic emulsion with developer and color coupler dispersed therein
US2656508A (en) 1949-08-27 1953-10-20 Wallace H Coulter Means for counting particles suspended in a fluid
US3038449A (en) * 1959-06-03 1962-06-12 Gen Dynamics Corp Hydraulic control system
US3038499A (en) 1960-11-14 1962-06-12 Pacific Valves Inc Three-way balanced valve
US3312238A (en) * 1964-12-24 1967-04-04 Ibm Monostable fluid logic element and actuator
US3403698A (en) * 1965-10-21 1968-10-01 Union Carbide Corp Micro-valve
US3599525A (en) * 1970-05-14 1971-08-17 Paul A Klann Pneumatic crossbar device
NL7102074A (en) 1971-02-17 1972-08-21
US3839176A (en) 1971-03-08 1974-10-01 North American Rockwell Method and apparatus for removing contaminants from liquids
US3984307A (en) 1973-03-05 1976-10-05 Bio/Physics Systems, Inc. Combined particle sorter and segregation indicator
US3915652A (en) 1973-08-16 1975-10-28 Samuel Natelson Means for transferring a liquid in a capillary open at both ends to an analyzing system
FR2287606A1 (en) 1974-10-08 1976-05-07 Pegourie Jean Pierre PNEUMATIC LOGIC CIRCUITS AND THEIR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
US4018565A (en) 1975-10-17 1977-04-19 The Foxboro Company Automatic process titration system
JPS5941169B2 (en) 1975-12-25 1984-10-05 シチズン時計株式会社 Elastomer
US4153855A (en) 1977-12-16 1979-05-08 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Army Method of making a plate having a pattern of microchannels
US4344064A (en) 1979-12-06 1982-08-10 Western Electric Co., Inc. Article carrying a distinctive mark
GB2097692B (en) 1981-01-10 1985-05-22 Shaw Stewart P D Combining chemical reagents
US4399219A (en) 1981-01-29 1983-08-16 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Process for isolating microbiologically active material
US4707237A (en) 1982-09-09 1987-11-17 Ciba Corning Diagnostics Corp. System for identification of cells by electrophoresis
US4853336A (en) 1982-11-15 1989-08-01 Technicon Instruments Corporation Single channel continuous flow system
US4662710A (en) 1982-12-03 1987-05-05 Amp Incorporated Method and apparatus for breaking an optical fiber
US4585209A (en) 1983-10-27 1986-04-29 Harry E. Aine Miniature valve and method of making same
US4581624A (en) 1984-03-01 1986-04-08 Allied Corporation Microminiature semiconductor valve
GB8408529D0 (en) 1984-04-03 1984-05-16 Health Lab Service Board Concentration of biological particles
US5140161A (en) 1985-08-05 1992-08-18 Biotrack Capillary flow device
US5164598A (en) 1985-08-05 1992-11-17 Biotrack Capillary flow device
US4963498A (en) 1985-08-05 1990-10-16 Biotrack Capillary flow device
US4675300A (en) 1985-09-18 1987-06-23 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Laser-excitation fluorescence detection electrokinetic separation
US4786165A (en) 1986-07-10 1988-11-22 Toa Medical Electronics Co., Ltd. Flow cytometry and apparatus therefor
US5525464A (en) 1987-04-01 1996-06-11 Hyseq, Inc. Method of sequencing by hybridization of oligonucleotide probes
US4990216A (en) 1987-10-27 1991-02-05 Fujitsu Limited Process and apparatus for preparation of single crystal of biopolymer
US4936465A (en) 1987-12-07 1990-06-26 Zoeld Tibor Method and apparatus for fast, reliable, and environmentally safe dispensing of fluids, gases and individual particles of a suspension through pressure control at well defined parts of a closed flow-through system
US4848722A (en) 1987-12-11 1989-07-18 Integrated Fluidics, Inc. Valve with flexible sheet member
US5002867A (en) 1988-04-25 1991-03-26 Macevicz Stephen C Nucleic acid sequence determination by multiple mixed oligonucleotide probes
US4965743A (en) 1988-07-14 1990-10-23 The United States Of America As Represented By The Administrator Of The National Aeronautics And Space Administration Discrete event simulation tool for analysis of qualitative models of continuous processing system
US5032381A (en) 1988-12-20 1991-07-16 Tropix, Inc. Chemiluminescence-based static and flow cytometry
US5143854A (en) 1989-06-07 1992-09-01 Affymax Technologies N.V. Large scale photolithographic solid phase synthesis of polypeptides and receptor binding screening thereof
ATE110142T1 (en) 1989-06-14 1994-09-15 Westonbridge Int Ltd MICROPUMP.
JPH0798391B2 (en) * 1989-09-01 1995-10-25 朋和産業株式会社 Gravure press plate cylinder changing device
KR910012538A (en) 1989-12-27 1991-08-08 야마무라 가쯔미 Micro pump and its manufacturing method
JPH03239770A (en) 1990-02-16 1991-10-25 Kansai Paint Co Ltd Resin composition for cationic electrodeposition coating
WO1991013338A2 (en) 1990-02-24 1991-09-05 Hatfield Polytechnic Higher Education Corporation Biorheological measurement
DE4006152A1 (en) 1990-02-27 1991-08-29 Fraunhofer Ges Forschung MICROMINIATURIZED PUMP
US5126022A (en) 1990-02-28 1992-06-30 Soane Tecnologies, Inc. Method and device for moving molecules by the application of a plurality of electrical fields
US5858188A (en) 1990-02-28 1999-01-12 Aclara Biosciences, Inc. Acrylic microchannels and their use in electrophoretic applications
US5750015A (en) 1990-02-28 1998-05-12 Soane Biosciences Method and device for moving molecules by the application of a plurality of electrical fields
US5770029A (en) 1996-07-30 1998-06-23 Soane Biosciences Integrated electrophoretic microdevices
US5096388A (en) 1990-03-22 1992-03-17 The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. Microfabricated pump
GB9008044D0 (en) 1990-04-09 1990-06-06 Hatfield Polytechnic Higher Ed Microfabricated device for biological cell sorting
SE470347B (en) 1990-05-10 1994-01-31 Pharmacia Lkb Biotech Microstructure for fluid flow systems and process for manufacturing such a system
DE69106240T2 (en) 1990-07-02 1995-05-11 Seiko Epson Corp Micropump and method of making a micropump.
US6074818A (en) 1990-08-24 2000-06-13 The University Of Tennessee Research Corporation Fingerprinting of nucleic acids, products and methods
WO1992004569A1 (en) 1990-08-31 1992-03-19 Westonbridge International Limited A valve equipped with a position detector and a micropump incorporating said valve
WO1992016657A1 (en) 1991-03-13 1992-10-01 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Method of identifying a nucleotide present at a defined position in a nucleic acid
WO1992019960A1 (en) 1991-05-09 1992-11-12 Nanophore, Inc. Methods for the electrophoretic separation of nucleic acids and other linear macromolecules in gel media with restrictive pore diameters
DE4119955C2 (en) 1991-06-18 2000-05-31 Danfoss As Miniature actuator
US5164558A (en) 1991-07-05 1992-11-17 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Micromachined threshold pressure switch and method of manufacture
JP3328300B2 (en) 1991-07-18 2002-09-24 アイシン精機株式会社 Fluid control device
US5307186A (en) 1991-08-09 1994-04-26 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Liquid crystal light valve having capability of providing high-contrast image
DE4127405C2 (en) 1991-08-19 1996-02-29 Fraunhofer Ges Forschung Process for the separation of mixtures of microscopic dielectric particles suspended in a liquid or a gel and device for carrying out the process
DE4135655A1 (en) 1991-09-11 1993-03-18 Fraunhofer Ges Forschung MICROMINIATURIZED, ELECTROSTATICALLY OPERATED DIAPHRAGM PUMP
US5265327A (en) 1991-09-13 1993-11-30 Faris Sadeg M Microchannel plate technology
ES2147550T5 (en) 1991-09-24 2005-11-01 Keygene N.V. SELECTIVE AMPLIFICATION OF RESTRICTION FRAGMENTS: GENERAL PROCEDURE FOR DNA IDENTIFICATION.
US6569382B1 (en) 1991-11-07 2003-05-27 Nanogen, Inc. Methods apparatus for the electronic, homogeneous assembly and fabrication of devices
US5846708A (en) 1991-11-19 1998-12-08 Massachusetts Institiute Of Technology Optical and electrical methods and apparatus for molecule detection
GB2264296B (en) 1992-02-07 1995-06-28 Zortech Int Microporous thermal insulation material
US5558998A (en) 1992-02-25 1996-09-24 The Regents Of The Univ. Of California DNA fragment sizing and sorting by laser-induced fluorescence
GB2264496B (en) 1992-02-25 1995-10-25 Us Energy Sizing of fragments from a nucleic acid sequence
JPH05236997A (en) 1992-02-28 1993-09-17 Hitachi Ltd Chip for catching polynucleotide
US5726026A (en) 1992-05-01 1998-03-10 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Mesoscale sample preparation device and systems for determination and processing of analytes
US5304487A (en) 1992-05-01 1994-04-19 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Fluid handling in mesoscale analytical devices
DE4220077A1 (en) 1992-06-19 1993-12-23 Bosch Gmbh Robert Micro-pump for delivery of gases - uses working chamber warmed by heating element and controlled by silicon wafer valves.
US5284568A (en) 1992-07-17 1994-02-08 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Disposable cartridge for ion selective electrode sensors
US5639423A (en) 1992-08-31 1997-06-17 The Regents Of The University Of Calfornia Microfabricated reactor
US5364742A (en) 1992-09-21 1994-11-15 International Business Machines Corporation Micro-miniature structures and method of fabrication thereof
US5477474A (en) 1992-10-29 1995-12-19 Altera Corporation Computer logic simulation with dynamic modeling
JP2812629B2 (en) 1992-11-25 1998-10-22 宇宙開発事業団 Crystal growth cell
EP0700485B1 (en) * 1993-05-27 1997-08-13 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft Zur Förderung Der Angewandten Forschung E.V. Microvalve
US5837832A (en) 1993-06-25 1998-11-17 Affymetrix, Inc. Arrays of nucleic acid probes on biological chips
US5642015A (en) 1993-07-14 1997-06-24 The University Of British Columbia Elastomeric micro electro mechanical systems
US5417235A (en) 1993-07-28 1995-05-23 Regents Of The University Of Michigan Integrated microvalve structures with monolithic microflow controller
US5659171A (en) 1993-09-22 1997-08-19 Northrop Grumman Corporation Micro-miniature diaphragm pump for the low pressure pumping of gases
US5512131A (en) 1993-10-04 1996-04-30 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Formation of microstamped patterns on surfaces and derivative articles
DE69431994T2 (en) 1993-10-04 2003-10-30 Res Int Inc MICRO-MACHINED FLUID TREATMENT DEVICE WITH FILTER AND CONTROL VALVE
CH689836A5 (en) 1994-01-14 1999-12-15 Westonbridge Int Ltd Micropump.
US6056001A (en) 1994-03-14 2000-05-02 Texaco Inc. Methods for positively assuring the equal distribution of liquid and vapor at piping junctions in two phase flow by intermittent flow interruption
US5580523A (en) 1994-04-01 1996-12-03 Bard; Allen J. Integrated chemical synthesizers
US5587081A (en) 1994-04-26 1996-12-24 Jet-Tech, Inc. Thermophilic aerobic waste treatment process
DE69527585T2 (en) 1994-06-08 2003-04-03 Affymetrix Inc Method and device for packaging chips
US5807522A (en) 1994-06-17 1998-09-15 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Methods for fabricating microarrays of biological samples
DE4433894A1 (en) 1994-09-22 1996-03-28 Fraunhofer Ges Forschung Method and device for controlling a micropump
DE69531430T2 (en) 1994-10-07 2004-07-01 Bayer Corp. relief valve
DE4437274C2 (en) 1994-10-18 1998-11-05 Inst Chemo Biosensorik Analyte selective sensor
US5641400A (en) 1994-10-19 1997-06-24 Hewlett-Packard Company Use of temperature control devices in miniaturized planar column devices and miniaturized total analysis systems
US5571410A (en) 1994-10-19 1996-11-05 Hewlett Packard Company Fully integrated miniaturized planar liquid sample handling and analysis device
DE4438785C2 (en) 1994-10-24 1996-11-07 Wita Gmbh Wittmann Inst Of Tec Microchemical reaction and analysis unit
US5788468A (en) 1994-11-03 1998-08-04 Memstek Products, Llc Microfabricated fluidic devices
JP3398749B2 (en) 1994-11-10 2003-04-21 オーキッド バイオ サイエンシズ, インコーポレイテッド Liquid distribution system
US5632876A (en) 1995-06-06 1997-05-27 David Sarnoff Research Center, Inc. Apparatus and methods for controlling fluid flow in microchannels
US5585069A (en) 1994-11-10 1996-12-17 David Sarnoff Research Center, Inc. Partitioned microelectronic and fluidic device array for clinical diagnostics and chemical synthesis
US5665070A (en) 1995-01-19 1997-09-09 I-Flow Corporation Infusion pump with magnetic bag compression
WO1996027025A1 (en) 1995-02-27 1996-09-06 Ely Michael Rabani Device, compounds, algorithms, and methods of molecular characterization and manipulation with molecular parallelism
JP3094880B2 (en) 1995-03-01 2000-10-03 住友金属工業株式会社 Method for controlling crystallization of organic compound and solid state element for controlling crystallization used therein
US5775371A (en) * 1995-03-08 1998-07-07 Abbott Laboratories Valve control
US6227809B1 (en) 1995-03-09 2001-05-08 University Of Washington Method for making micropumps
US6140045A (en) 1995-03-10 2000-10-31 Meso Scale Technologies Multi-array, multi-specific electrochemiluminescence testing
US5661222A (en) 1995-04-13 1997-08-26 Dentsply Research & Development Corp. Polyvinylsiloxane impression material
US5757482A (en) 1995-04-20 1998-05-26 Perseptive Biosystems, Inc. Module for optical detection in microscale fluidic analyses
US5578528A (en) * 1995-05-02 1996-11-26 Industrial Technology Research Institute Method of fabrication glass diaphragm on silicon macrostructure
US5976822A (en) 1995-05-18 1999-11-02 Coulter International Corp. Method and reagent for monitoring apoptosis and distinguishing apoptosis from necrosis
DE19520298A1 (en) 1995-06-02 1996-12-05 Bayer Ag Sorting device for biological cells or viruses
DE69628016T2 (en) 1995-06-16 2004-04-01 University Of Washington, Seattle MINIATURIZED DIFFERENTIAL EXTRACTION DEVICE AND METHOD
US5589136A (en) 1995-06-20 1996-12-31 Regents Of The University Of California Silicon-based sleeve devices for chemical reactions
US6057103A (en) 1995-07-18 2000-05-02 Diversa Corporation Screening for novel bioactivities
US5812394A (en) 1995-07-21 1998-09-22 Control Systems International Object-oriented computer program, system, and method for developing control schemes for facilities
JPH0943251A (en) 1995-08-03 1997-02-14 Olympus Optical Co Ltd Dispenser
US6130098A (en) 1995-09-15 2000-10-10 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Moving microdroplets
US6132580A (en) 1995-09-28 2000-10-17 The Regents Of The University Of California Miniature reaction chamber and devices incorporating same
US5958344A (en) 1995-11-09 1999-09-28 Sarnoff Corporation System for liquid distribution
JPH09149799A (en) 1995-11-30 1997-06-10 Hitachi Ltd Analysis or detection of nucleic acid and analyser or inspection device of nucleic acid
KR100207410B1 (en) 1995-12-19 1999-07-15 전주범 Fabrication method for lightpath modulation device
US5660370A (en) 1996-03-07 1997-08-26 Integrated Fludics, Inc. Valve with flexible sheet member and two port non-flexing backer member
US5942443A (en) 1996-06-28 1999-08-24 Caliper Technologies Corporation High throughput screening assay systems in microscale fluidic devices
US5867266A (en) 1996-04-17 1999-02-02 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Multiple optical channels for chemical analysis
US5763239A (en) 1996-06-18 1998-06-09 Diversa Corporation Production and use of normalized DNA libraries
BR9710054A (en) 1996-06-28 2000-01-11 Caliper Techn Corp Apparatus for separating test compounds for an effect on a biochemical system and for detecting a effect of a test compound on a biochemical system, procedures for determining whether a sample contains a compound capable of affecting a biochemical system, for separating a plurality of test compounds for an effect on a biochemical system and uses of a microfluidic system and a test substrate.
US5800690A (en) 1996-07-03 1998-09-01 Caliper Technologies Corporation Variable control of electroosmotic and/or electrophoretic forces within a fluid-containing structure via electrical forces
US5699157A (en) 1996-07-16 1997-12-16 Caliper Technologies Corp. Fourier detection of species migrating in a microchannel
EP0956364A1 (en) 1996-07-26 1999-11-17 Genzyme Corporation Whole cell assay
US6074827A (en) 1996-07-30 2000-06-13 Aclara Biosciences, Inc. Microfluidic method for nucleic acid purification and processing
US5802856A (en) 1996-07-31 1998-09-08 Stanford University Multizone bake/chill thermal cycling module
US6136212A (en) 1996-08-12 2000-10-24 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Polymer-based micromachining for microfluidic devices
EP0929658A4 (en) 1996-08-26 2005-11-02 Univ Princeton Reversibly sealable microstructure sorting devices
US5832165A (en) 1996-08-28 1998-11-03 University Of Utah Research Foundation Composite waveguide for solid phase binding assays
CA2264389A1 (en) 1996-09-04 1998-03-12 Technical University Of Denmark A micro flow system for particle separation and analysis
US5738799A (en) 1996-09-12 1998-04-14 Xerox Corporation Method and materials for fabricating an ink-jet printhead
US5854684A (en) 1996-09-26 1998-12-29 Sarnoff Corporation Massively parallel detection
US6056428A (en) 1996-11-12 2000-05-02 Invention Machine Corporation Computer based system for imaging and analyzing an engineering object system and indicating values of specific design changes
US5839722A (en) 1996-11-26 1998-11-24 Xerox Corporation Paper handling system having embedded control structures
US5971355A (en) 1996-11-27 1999-10-26 Xerox Corporation Microdevice valve structures to fluid control
US5804384A (en) 1996-12-06 1998-09-08 Vysis, Inc. Devices and methods for detecting multiple analytes in samples
US5815306A (en) 1996-12-24 1998-09-29 Xerox Corporation "Eggcrate" substrate for a twisting ball display
EP0958593A4 (en) 1997-01-27 2006-08-30 California Inst Of Techn Mems electrospray nozzle for mass spectroscopy
US6376971B1 (en) 1997-02-07 2002-04-23 Sri International Electroactive polymer electrodes
US6117634A (en) 1997-03-05 2000-09-12 The Reagents Of The University Of Michigan Nucleic acid sequencing and mapping
US5904824A (en) 1997-03-07 1999-05-18 Beckman Instruments, Inc. Microfluidic electrophoresis device
JP2001521622A (en) 1997-04-04 2001-11-06 カリパー テクノロジーズ コーポレイション Closed-loop biochemical analyzer
US6235471B1 (en) 1997-04-04 2001-05-22 Caliper Technologies Corp. Closed-loop biochemical analyzers
US6143496A (en) 1997-04-17 2000-11-07 Cytonix Corporation Method of sampling, amplifying and quantifying segment of nucleic acid, polymerase chain reaction assembly having nanoliter-sized sample chambers, and method of filling assembly
EP0988529B1 (en) * 1997-04-25 2013-06-12 Caliper Life Sciences, Inc. Microfluidic devices incorporating improved channel geometries
WO1998052691A1 (en) 1997-05-16 1998-11-26 Alberta Research Council Microfluidic system and methods of use
US5922604A (en) 1997-06-05 1999-07-13 Gene Tec Corporation Thin reaction chambers for containing and handling liquid microvolumes
US5939709A (en) 1997-06-19 1999-08-17 Ghislain; Lucien P. Scanning probe optical microscope using a solid immersion lens
WO1999000655A2 (en) 1997-06-27 1999-01-07 Immunetics, Inc. Rapid flow-through binding assay apparatus and method
US6529612B1 (en) 1997-07-16 2003-03-04 Diversified Scientific, Inc. Method for acquiring, storing and analyzing crystal images
US5932799A (en) 1997-07-21 1999-08-03 Ysi Incorporated Microfluidic analyzer module
US6073482A (en) 1997-07-21 2000-06-13 Ysi Incorporated Fluid flow module
US5972639A (en) 1997-07-24 1999-10-26 Irori Fluorescence-based assays for measuring cell proliferation
US6375871B1 (en) 1998-06-18 2002-04-23 3M Innovative Properties Company Methods of manufacturing microfluidic articles
EP1023434A4 (en) 1997-09-18 2004-12-01 Smithkline Beecham Corp Method of screening for antimicrobial compounds
TW352471B (en) 1997-09-20 1999-02-11 United Microelectronics Corp Method for preventing B-P-Si glass from subsiding
US6102068A (en) * 1997-09-23 2000-08-15 Hewlett-Packard Company Selector valve assembly
US6540895B1 (en) 1997-09-23 2003-04-01 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated cell sorter for chemical and biological materials
US6833242B2 (en) 1997-09-23 2004-12-21 California Institute Of Technology Methods for detecting and sorting polynucleotides based on size
AU9673198A (en) 1997-10-02 1999-04-27 Aclara Biosciences, Inc. Capillary assays involving separation of free and bound species
US5836750A (en) 1997-10-09 1998-11-17 Honeywell Inc. Electrostatically actuated mesopump having a plurality of elementary cells
US5842787A (en) 1997-10-09 1998-12-01 Caliper Technologies Corporation Microfluidic systems incorporating varied channel dimensions
US5958694A (en) 1997-10-16 1999-09-28 Caliper Technologies Corp. Apparatus and methods for sequencing nucleic acids in microfluidic systems
US6174675B1 (en) 1997-11-25 2001-01-16 Caliper Technologies Corp. Electrical current for controlling fluid parameters in microchannels
US5948227A (en) 1997-12-17 1999-09-07 Caliper Technologies Corp. Methods and systems for performing electrophoretic molecular separations
US6089534A (en) 1998-01-08 2000-07-18 Xerox Corporation Fast variable flow microelectromechanical valves
US6269846B1 (en) 1998-01-13 2001-08-07 Genetic Microsystems, Inc. Depositing fluid specimens on substrates, resulting ordered arrays, techniques for deposition of arrays
US6155282A (en) 1998-01-20 2000-12-05 Triconex, Incorporated Two out of three voting solenoid arrangement
US5997961A (en) 1998-03-06 1999-12-07 Battelle Memorial Institute Method of bonding functional surface materials to substrates and applications in microtechnology and antifouling
WO1999052633A1 (en) 1998-04-14 1999-10-21 Ivd Systems Test cartridge with a single inlet port
ATE530891T1 (en) 1998-05-22 2011-11-15 California Inst Of Techn MINIATURIZED CELL SORTER
US6246330B1 (en) 1998-05-29 2001-06-12 Wyn Y. Nielsen Elimination-absorber monitoring system
JPH11352409A (en) 1998-06-05 1999-12-24 Olympus Optical Co Ltd Fluorescence detector
AU4719399A (en) 1998-06-26 2000-01-17 University Of Washington Crystallization media
US6406921B1 (en) 1998-07-14 2002-06-18 Zyomyx, Incorporated Protein arrays for high-throughput screening
US6576478B1 (en) 1998-07-14 2003-06-10 Zyomyx, Inc. Microdevices for high-throughput screening of biomolecules
US6132685A (en) 1998-08-10 2000-10-17 Caliper Technologies Corporation High throughput microfluidic systems and methods
US6103199A (en) 1998-09-15 2000-08-15 Aclara Biosciences, Inc. Capillary electroflow apparatus and method
EP1876442A3 (en) 1998-09-17 2008-03-05 Advion BioSciences, Inc. Integrated monolithic microfabricated liquid chromatography system and method
US6146842A (en) 1998-09-21 2000-11-14 Mitotix, Inc. High-throughput screening assays utilizing metal-chelate capture
US6605472B1 (en) 1998-10-09 2003-08-12 The Governors Of The University Of Alberta Microfluidic devices connected to glass capillaries with minimal dead volume
US6637463B1 (en) 1998-10-13 2003-10-28 Biomicro Systems, Inc. Multi-channel microfluidic system design with balanced fluid flow distribution
US6149787A (en) 1998-10-14 2000-11-21 Caliper Technologies Corp. External material accession systems and methods
RU2143343C1 (en) 1998-11-03 1999-12-27 Самсунг Электроникс Ко., Лтд. Microinjector and microinjector manufacture method
US6541539B1 (en) 1998-11-04 2003-04-01 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Hierarchically ordered porous oxides
US6958865B1 (en) 1998-11-12 2005-10-25 California Institute Of Technology Microlicensing particles and applications
US6062261A (en) 1998-12-16 2000-05-16 Lockheed Martin Energy Research Corporation MicrofluIdic circuit designs for performing electrokinetic manipulations that reduce the number of voltage sources and fluid reservoirs
US6150119A (en) 1999-01-19 2000-11-21 Caliper Technologies Corp. Optimized high-throughput analytical system
WO2000050642A1 (en) 1999-02-23 2000-08-31 Caliper Technologies Corp. Sequencing by incorporation
US6749814B1 (en) 1999-03-03 2004-06-15 Symyx Technologies, Inc. Chemical processing microsystems comprising parallel flow microreactors and methods for using same
WO2000053801A1 (en) 1999-03-08 2000-09-14 Merck Frosst Canada & Co. Intact cell assay for protein tyrosine phosphatases
US6500323B1 (en) 1999-03-26 2002-12-31 Caliper Technologies Corp. Methods and software for designing microfluidic devices
AU4063700A (en) * 1999-04-01 2000-10-23 Cellomics, Inc. Miniaturized cell array methods and apparatus for cell-based screening
AU779792B2 (en) 1999-04-06 2005-02-10 Uab Research Foundation, The Method for screening crystallization conditions in solution crystal growth
US6346373B1 (en) 1999-05-05 2002-02-12 Merck Frosst Canada & Co., Whole cell assay for cathepsin K activity
GB9911095D0 (en) 1999-05-13 1999-07-14 Secr Defence Microbiological test method and reagents
US6225109B1 (en) 1999-05-27 2001-05-01 Orchid Biosciences, Inc. Genetic analysis device
US6406605B1 (en) * 1999-06-01 2002-06-18 Ysi Incorporated Electroosmotic flow controlled microfluidic devices
US6296673B1 (en) 1999-06-18 2001-10-02 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods and apparatus for performing array microcrystallizations
US6664104B2 (en) 1999-06-25 2003-12-16 Cepheid Device incorporating a microfluidic chip for separating analyte from a sample
US6818395B1 (en) 1999-06-28 2004-11-16 California Institute Of Technology Methods and apparatus for analyzing polynucleotide sequences
US7052545B2 (en) 2001-04-06 2006-05-30 California Institute Of Technology High throughput screening of crystallization of materials
US7244402B2 (en) 2001-04-06 2007-07-17 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic protein crystallography
US7306672B2 (en) 2001-04-06 2007-12-11 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic free interface diffusion techniques
US6899137B2 (en) * 1999-06-28 2005-05-31 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated elastomeric valve and pump systems
US6929030B2 (en) * 1999-06-28 2005-08-16 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated elastomeric valve and pump systems
US7144616B1 (en) 1999-06-28 2006-12-05 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated elastomeric valve and pump systems
US8550119B2 (en) 1999-06-28 2013-10-08 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated elastomeric valve and pump systems
DE19933614C1 (en) 1999-07-17 2000-11-30 Moeller Gmbh Contact system for current-limiting load switch has 2-armed contact arm carrying contact pieces cooperating with contact pieces of fixed contact rails fitted to pivot axis via elongate slot
DE60037433T2 (en) 1999-07-20 2008-12-04 Sri International, Menlo Park Electroactive polymer generators
CA2380075C (en) 1999-07-23 2007-05-29 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Microfabricated devices and method of manufacturing the same using polymer gel
WO2001007061A1 (en) 1999-07-27 2001-02-01 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Whole cell assay
US6977145B2 (en) 1999-07-28 2005-12-20 Serono Genetics Institute S.A. Method for carrying out a biochemical protocol in continuous flow in a microreactor
EP1206697A2 (en) 1999-08-02 2002-05-22 Emerald Biostructures Inc. Method and system for creating a crystallization results database
US20030099928A1 (en) 1999-09-16 2003-05-29 Burlage Robert S. Method of isolating unculturable microorganisms
GB9923324D0 (en) 1999-10-01 1999-12-08 Pyrosequencing Ab Separation apparatus and method
DE29917313U1 (en) 1999-10-01 2001-02-15 Mwg Biotech Ag Device for carrying out chemical or biological reactions
WO2001032930A1 (en) 1999-11-04 2001-05-10 California Institute Of Technology Methods and apparatuses for analyzing polynucleotide sequences
US6875619B2 (en) 1999-11-12 2005-04-05 Motorola, Inc. Microfluidic devices comprising biochannels
US6361958B1 (en) 1999-11-12 2002-03-26 Motorola, Inc. Biochannel assay for hybridization with biomaterial
CA2364381C (en) 1999-12-22 2009-03-10 Gene Logic, Inc. Flow-thru chip cartridge, chip holder, system and method thereof
WO2001053794A1 (en) 2000-01-18 2001-07-26 Northeastern University Parallel sample loading and injection device for multichannel microfluidic devices
US6939452B2 (en) 2000-01-18 2005-09-06 Northeastern University Parallel sample loading and injection device for multichannel microfluidic devices
US6541071B1 (en) 2000-03-23 2003-04-01 Corning Incorporated Method for fabricating supported bilayer-lipid membranes
JP4927287B2 (en) 2000-03-31 2012-05-09 マイクロニックス、インコーポレーテッド Microfluidic device for protein crystallization
US20050118073A1 (en) 2003-11-26 2005-06-02 Fluidigm Corporation Devices and methods for holding microfluidic devices
US7867763B2 (en) 2004-01-25 2011-01-11 Fluidigm Corporation Integrated chip carriers with thermocycler interfaces and methods of using the same
US6561208B1 (en) 2000-04-14 2003-05-13 Nanostream, Inc. Fluidic impedances in microfluidic system
US6431212B1 (en) 2000-05-24 2002-08-13 Jon W. Hayenga Valve for use in microfluidic structures
US6645432B1 (en) 2000-05-25 2003-11-11 President & Fellows Of Harvard College Microfluidic systems including three-dimensionally arrayed channel networks
US6885982B2 (en) 2000-06-27 2005-04-26 Fluidigm Corporation Object oriented microfluidic design method and system
US6627159B1 (en) 2000-06-28 2003-09-30 3M Innovative Properties Company Centrifugal filling of sample processing devices
JP3542550B2 (en) 2000-07-19 2004-07-14 本田技研工業株式会社 Method of forming fuel cell seal
US6787339B1 (en) 2000-10-02 2004-09-07 Motorola, Inc. Microfluidic devices having embedded metal conductors and methods of fabricating said devices
US7678547B2 (en) 2000-10-03 2010-03-16 California Institute Of Technology Velocity independent analyte characterization
US7097809B2 (en) 2000-10-03 2006-08-29 California Institute Of Technology Combinatorial synthesis system
US6827095B2 (en) 2000-10-12 2004-12-07 Nanostream, Inc. Modular microfluidic systems
WO2002030486A2 (en) 2000-10-13 2002-04-18 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic device based sample injection system for analytical devices
DE60103924T2 (en) 2000-11-06 2005-07-14 Nanostream, Inc., Pasadena MICROFLUID FLOW RATE DEVICE
US7232109B2 (en) 2000-11-06 2007-06-19 California Institute Of Technology Electrostatic valves for microfluidic devices
EP1343973B2 (en) 2000-11-16 2020-09-16 California Institute Of Technology Apparatus and methods for conducting assays and high throughput screening
AU2002248149A1 (en) * 2000-11-16 2002-08-12 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic devices for introducing and dispensing fluids from microfluidic systems
US6382254B1 (en) * 2000-12-12 2002-05-07 Eastman Kodak Company Microfluidic valve and method for controlling the flow of a liquid
US6736978B1 (en) 2000-12-13 2004-05-18 Iowa State University Research Foundation, Inc. Method and apparatus for magnetoresistive monitoring of analytes in flow streams
US6783992B2 (en) 2001-01-03 2004-08-31 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Methods and using chemico-mechanical microvalve devices for the selective separation of components from multi-component fluid samples
US20050196785A1 (en) 2001-03-05 2005-09-08 California Institute Of Technology Combinational array for nucleic acid analysis
US7297518B2 (en) 2001-03-12 2007-11-20 California Institute Of Technology Methods and apparatus for analyzing polynucleotide sequences by asynchronous base extension
WO2002082047A2 (en) 2001-04-06 2002-10-17 California Institute Of Technology High throughput screening of crystallization of materials
US6752922B2 (en) 2001-04-06 2004-06-22 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic chromatography
EP1385692B1 (en) 2001-04-06 2011-03-02 Fluidigm Corporation Polymer surface modification
US6802342B2 (en) 2001-04-06 2004-10-12 Fluidigm Corporation Microfabricated fluidic circuit elements and applications
US20020164816A1 (en) 2001-04-06 2002-11-07 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic sample separation device
US6561632B2 (en) * 2001-06-06 2003-05-13 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Printhead with high nozzle packing density
US7318912B2 (en) 2001-06-07 2008-01-15 Nanostream, Inc. Microfluidic systems and methods for combining discrete fluid volumes
US6729352B2 (en) 2001-06-07 2004-05-04 Nanostream, Inc. Microfluidic synthesis devices and methods
US7075162B2 (en) 2001-08-30 2006-07-11 Fluidigm Corporation Electrostatic/electrostrictive actuation of elastomer structures using compliant electrodes
JP2005505441A (en) 2001-10-08 2005-02-24 カリフォルニア インスティテュート オブ テクノロジー Microfabricated lens, its manufacturing method and application
US6627076B2 (en) 2001-10-19 2003-09-30 Sandia National Laboratories Compact microchannel system
US20030175947A1 (en) 2001-11-05 2003-09-18 Liu Robin Hui Enhanced mixing in microfluidic devices
US20030119177A1 (en) 2001-11-15 2003-06-26 Lewis Gruber Sample chip
US7691333B2 (en) 2001-11-30 2010-04-06 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic device and methods of using same
US6893613B2 (en) 2002-01-25 2005-05-17 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Parallel chemistry reactor with interchangeable vessel carrying inserts
US6581441B1 (en) 2002-02-01 2003-06-24 Perseptive Biosystems, Inc. Capillary column chromatography process and system
US6662818B2 (en) 2002-02-01 2003-12-16 Perseptive Biosystems, Inc. Programmable tracking pressure regulator for control of higher pressures in microfluidic circuits
WO2003085379A2 (en) 2002-04-01 2003-10-16 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic particle-analysis systems
US7312085B2 (en) 2002-04-01 2007-12-25 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic particle-analysis systems
US7059348B2 (en) 2002-05-13 2006-06-13 Fluidigm Corporation Drug delivery system
US20060086309A1 (en) 2002-06-24 2006-04-27 Fluiding Corporation Recirculating fluidic network and methods for using the same
US7186383B2 (en) 2002-09-27 2007-03-06 Ast Management Inc. Miniaturized fluid delivery and analysis system
EP1567638A1 (en) 2002-11-08 2005-08-31 Irm, Llc Apparatus and methods to process substrate surface features
US7604965B2 (en) 2003-04-03 2009-10-20 Fluidigm Corporation Thermal reaction device and method for using the same
US20050145496A1 (en) 2003-04-03 2005-07-07 Federico Goodsaid Thermal reaction device and method for using the same
US8828663B2 (en) 2005-03-18 2014-09-09 Fluidigm Corporation Thermal reaction device and method for using the same
EP1685282A2 (en) 2003-04-17 2006-08-02 Fluidigm Corporation Crystal growth devices and systems, and methods for using same
US7695683B2 (en) 2003-05-20 2010-04-13 Fluidigm Corporation Method and system for microfluidic device and imaging thereof
AU2004261655A1 (en) 2003-07-28 2005-02-10 Fluidigm Corporation Image processing method and system for microfluidic devices
US7042649B2 (en) 2003-08-11 2006-05-09 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated rubber microscope using soft solid immersion lenses
US20060172408A1 (en) 2003-12-01 2006-08-03 Quake Steven R Device for immobilizing chemical and biochemical species and methods of using same
EP1754257B1 (en) 2004-06-07 2013-12-25 Fluidigm Corporation Optical lens system and method for microfluidic devices
US20080264863A1 (en) 2004-12-03 2008-10-30 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic Sieve Valves
JP2008522795A (en) 2004-12-03 2008-07-03 カリフォルニア インスティチュート オブ テクノロジー Microfluidic device with chemical reaction circuit
US7883669B2 (en) 2005-04-20 2011-02-08 Fluidigm Corporation Analysis engine and database for manipulating parameters for fluidic systems on a chip
WO2007044091A2 (en) 2005-06-02 2007-04-19 Fluidigm Corporation Analysis using microfluidic partitioning devices
US20070054293A1 (en) 2005-08-30 2007-03-08 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic chaotic mixing systems and methods
EP1938101A2 (en) 2005-09-13 2008-07-02 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic assay devices and methods
US8206975B2 (en) 2005-10-28 2012-06-26 California Institute Of Technology Method and device for regulating fluid flow in microfluidic devices
EP1987358A4 (en) 2006-01-26 2013-12-04 California Inst Of Techn Mechanically induced trapping of molecular interactions
US20070248971A1 (en) 2006-01-26 2007-10-25 California Institute Of Technology Programming microfluidic devices with molecular information
US7815868B1 (en) 2006-02-28 2010-10-19 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic reaction apparatus for high throughput screening
US8828661B2 (en) 2006-04-24 2014-09-09 Fluidigm Corporation Methods for detection and quantification of nucleic acid or protein targets in a sample
WO2008043046A2 (en) 2006-10-04 2008-04-10 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic check valves
WO2008067552A2 (en) 2006-11-30 2008-06-05 Fluidigm Corporation Method and apparatus for biological sample analysis
EP2125219B1 (en) 2007-01-19 2016-08-10 Fluidigm Corporation High precision microfluidic devices and methods
US7974380B2 (en) 2007-05-09 2011-07-05 Fluidigm Corporation Method and system for crystallization and X-ray diffraction screening
BRPI0816393A2 (en) 2007-09-07 2015-03-03 Fluidigm Corp METHOD FOR DETERMINING THE NUMBER OF COPIES REGARDING A TARGET POLINUCLEOTIDE SEQUENCE IN A GENOME OF AN INDIVIDUAL
WO2009100449A1 (en) 2008-02-08 2009-08-13 Fluidigm Corporation Dynamic array assay methods
US9487822B2 (en) 2008-03-19 2016-11-08 Fluidigm Corporation Method and apparatus for determining copy number variation using digital PCR
US9579830B2 (en) 2008-07-25 2017-02-28 Fluidigm Corporation Method and system for manufacturing integrated fluidic chips
US8617488B2 (en) 2008-08-07 2013-12-31 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic mixing and reaction systems for high efficiency screening
SG10201404682WA (en) 2008-12-08 2014-10-30 Fluidigm Corp Programmable microfluidic digital array
US8058630B2 (en) 2009-01-16 2011-11-15 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic devices and methods
JP7131365B2 (en) 2018-12-21 2022-09-06 株式会社デンソー gas sensor

Patent Citations (100)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3560754A (en) * 1965-11-17 1971-02-02 Ibm Photoelectric particle separator using time delay
US3570515A (en) * 1969-06-19 1971-03-16 Foxboro Co Aminar stream cross-flow fluid diffusion logic gate
US4313465A (en) * 1977-11-19 1982-02-02 Pierburg Luftfahrtgerate Union Gmbh Method and control device for dosing flow media
US4245673A (en) * 1978-03-01 1981-01-20 La Telemechanique Electrique Pneumatic logic circuit
US4373527B1 (en) * 1979-04-27 1995-06-27 Univ Johns Hopkins Implantable programmable medication infusion system
US4373527A (en) * 1979-04-27 1983-02-15 The Johns Hopkins University Implantable, programmable medication infusion system
US4250929A (en) * 1979-10-22 1981-02-17 Andreev Evgeny I Pneumatically operated switch
US4434704A (en) * 1980-04-14 1984-03-06 Halliburton Company Hydraulic digital stepper actuator
US4575681A (en) * 1982-11-12 1986-03-11 Teleco Oilfield Services Inc. Insulating and electrode structure for a drill string
US4565026A (en) * 1983-09-15 1986-01-21 Bohme August E Remote release deep trolling system
US4797842A (en) * 1985-03-28 1989-01-10 International Business Machines Corporation Method of generating finite elements using the symmetric axis transform
US6040166A (en) * 1985-03-28 2000-03-21 Roche Molecular Systems, Inc. Kits for amplifying and detecting nucleic acid sequences, including a probe
US4908112A (en) * 1988-06-16 1990-03-13 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours & Co. Silicon semiconductor wafer for analyzing micronic biological samples
US4898582A (en) * 1988-08-09 1990-02-06 Pharmetrix Corporation Portable infusion device assembly
US4992312A (en) * 1989-03-13 1991-02-12 Dow Corning Wright Corporation Methods of forming permeation-resistant, silicone elastomer-containing composite laminates and devices produced thereby
US5085562A (en) * 1989-04-11 1992-02-04 Westonbridge International Limited Micropump having a constant output
US5088515A (en) * 1989-05-01 1992-02-18 Kamen Dean L Valve system with removable fluid interface
US5100627A (en) * 1989-11-30 1992-03-31 The Regents Of The University Of California Chamber for the optical manipulation of microscopic particles
US5091652A (en) * 1990-01-12 1992-02-25 The Regents Of The University Of California Laser excited confocal microscope fluorescence scanner and method
US5867399A (en) * 1990-04-06 1999-02-02 Lsi Logic Corporation System and method for creating and validating structural description of electronic system from higher-level and behavior-oriented description
US6713327B2 (en) * 1992-04-08 2004-03-30 Elm Technology Corporation Stress controlled dielectric integrated circuit fabrication
US20020014673A1 (en) * 1992-04-08 2002-02-07 Elm Technology Corporation Method of making membrane integrated circuits
US5487003A (en) * 1992-04-08 1996-01-23 Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Simulation method and device for aiding the design of a fluid torque converter
US5866345A (en) * 1992-05-01 1999-02-02 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Apparatus for the detection of an analyte utilizing mesoscale flow systems
US5498392A (en) * 1992-05-01 1996-03-12 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Mesoscale polynucleotide amplification device and method
US5486335A (en) * 1992-05-01 1996-01-23 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Analysis based on flow restriction
US5858649A (en) * 1992-07-17 1999-01-12 Aprogenex, Inc. Amplification of mRNA for distinguishing fetal cells in maternal blood
US6182020B1 (en) * 1992-10-29 2001-01-30 Altera Corporation Design verification method for programmable logic design
US5290240A (en) * 1993-02-03 1994-03-01 Pharmetrix Corporation Electrochemical controlled dispensing assembly and method for selective and controlled delivery of a dispensing fluid
US5604098A (en) * 1993-03-24 1997-02-18 Molecular Biology Resources, Inc. Methods and materials for restriction endonuclease applications
US5400741A (en) * 1993-05-21 1995-03-28 Medical Foundation Of Buffalo, Inc. Device for growing crystals
US5593130A (en) * 1993-06-09 1997-01-14 Pharmacia Biosensor Ab Valve, especially for fluid handling bodies with microflowchannels
US5595650A (en) * 1994-03-03 1997-01-21 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Device and a method for the separation of fluid substances
US5858195A (en) * 1994-08-01 1999-01-12 Lockheed Martin Energy Research Corporation Apparatus and method for performing microfluidic manipulations for chemical analysis and synthesis
US5496009A (en) * 1994-10-07 1996-03-05 Bayer Corporation Valve
US5863722A (en) * 1994-10-13 1999-01-26 Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. Method of sorting polynucleotides
US5500071A (en) * 1994-10-19 1996-03-19 Hewlett-Packard Company Miniaturized planar columns in novel support media for liquid phase analysis
US5876187A (en) * 1995-03-09 1999-03-02 University Of Washington Micropumps with fixed valves
US5608519A (en) * 1995-03-20 1997-03-04 Gourley; Paul L. Laser apparatus and method for microscopic and spectroscopic analysis and processing of biological cells
US6043080A (en) * 1995-06-29 2000-03-28 Affymetrix, Inc. Integrated nucleic acid diagnostic device
US6197595B1 (en) * 1995-06-29 2001-03-06 Affymetrix, Inc. Integrated nucleic acid diagnostic device
US5856174A (en) * 1995-06-29 1999-01-05 Affymetrix, Inc. Integrated nucleic acid diagnostic device
US6528249B1 (en) * 1995-07-18 2003-03-04 Diversa Corporation Protein activity screening of clones having DNA from uncultivated microorganisms
US5872010A (en) * 1995-07-21 1999-02-16 Northeastern University Microscale fluid handling system
US5875817A (en) * 1995-08-17 1999-03-02 Ortech Corporation Digital gas metering system using tri-stable and bi-stable solenoids
US5726751A (en) * 1995-09-27 1998-03-10 University Of Washington Silicon microchannel optical flow cytometer
US5871697A (en) * 1995-10-24 1999-02-16 Curagen Corporation Method and apparatus for identifying, classifying, or quantifying DNA sequences in a sample without sequencing
US5705018A (en) * 1995-12-13 1998-01-06 Hartley; Frank T. Micromachined peristaltic pump
US5863502A (en) * 1996-01-24 1999-01-26 Sarnoff Corporation Parallel reaction cassette and associated devices
US5716852A (en) * 1996-03-29 1998-02-10 University Of Washington Microfabricated diffusion-based chemical sensor
US5726404A (en) * 1996-05-31 1998-03-10 University Of Washington Valveless liquid microswitch
US6015531A (en) * 1996-06-07 2000-01-18 Bio Merieux Single-use analysis card comprising a liquid flow duct
US5863801A (en) * 1996-06-14 1999-01-26 Sarnoff Corporation Automated nucleic acid isolation
US5880071A (en) * 1996-06-28 1999-03-09 Caliper Technologies Corporation Electropipettor and compensation means for electrophoretic bias
US6042709A (en) * 1996-06-28 2000-03-28 Caliper Technologies Corp. Microfluidic sampling system and methods
US6174365B1 (en) * 1996-07-15 2001-01-16 Sumitomo Metal Industries, Ltd. Apparatus for crystal growth and crystal growth method employing the same
US6344325B1 (en) * 1996-09-25 2002-02-05 California Institute Of Technology Methods for analysis and sorting of polynucleotides
US5858187A (en) * 1996-09-26 1999-01-12 Lockheed Martin Energy Systems, Inc. Apparatus and method for performing electrodynamic focusing on a microchip
US6355420B1 (en) * 1997-02-12 2002-03-12 Us Genomics Methods and products for analyzing polymers
US5885470A (en) * 1997-04-14 1999-03-23 Caliper Technologies Corporation Controlled fluid transport in microfabricated polymeric substrates
US5876946A (en) * 1997-06-03 1999-03-02 Pharmacopeia, Inc. High-throughput assay
US5869004A (en) * 1997-06-09 1999-02-09 Caliper Technologies Corp. Methods and apparatus for in situ concentration and/or dilution of materials in microfluidic systems
US5888778A (en) * 1997-06-16 1999-03-30 Exact Laboratories, Inc. High-throughput screening method for identification of genetic mutations or disease-causing microorganisms using segmented primers
US5876675A (en) * 1997-08-05 1999-03-02 Caliper Technologies Corp. Microfluidic devices and systems
US6537799B2 (en) * 1997-09-02 2003-03-25 Caliper Technologies Corp. Electrical current for controlling fluid parameters in microchannels
US20020005354A1 (en) * 1997-09-23 2002-01-17 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated cell sorter
US6202687B1 (en) * 1997-10-18 2001-03-20 Bioneer Corporation Matrix multiple valve system
US6345502B1 (en) * 1997-11-12 2002-02-12 California Institute Of Technology Micromachined parylene membrane valve and pump
US6167910B1 (en) * 1998-01-20 2001-01-02 Caliper Technologies Corp. Multi-layer microfluidic devices
US6018616A (en) * 1998-02-23 2000-01-25 Applied Materials, Inc. Thermal cycling module and process using radiant heat
US6361671B1 (en) * 1999-01-11 2002-03-26 The Regents Of The University Of California Microfabricated capillary electrophoresis chip and method for simultaneously detecting multiple redox labels
US6171850B1 (en) * 1999-03-08 2001-01-09 Caliper Technologies Corp. Integrated devices and systems for performing temperature controlled reactions and analyses
US6352838B1 (en) * 1999-04-07 2002-03-05 The Regents Of The Universtiy Of California Microfluidic DNA sample preparation method and device
US6520936B1 (en) * 1999-06-08 2003-02-18 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Method and apparatus for infusing liquids using a chemical reaction in an implanted infusion device
US20030019833A1 (en) * 1999-06-28 2003-01-30 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated elastomeric valve and pump systems
US6533914B1 (en) * 1999-07-08 2003-03-18 Shaorong Liu Microfabricated injector and capillary array assembly for high-resolution and high throughput separation
US6505125B1 (en) * 1999-09-28 2003-01-07 Affymetrix, Inc. Methods and computer software products for multiple probe gene expression analysis
US20020012926A1 (en) * 2000-03-03 2002-01-31 Mycometrix, Inc. Combinatorial array for nucleic acid analysis
US6358387B1 (en) * 2000-03-27 2002-03-19 Caliper Technologies Corporation Ultra high throughput microfluidic analytical systems and methods
US20020037499A1 (en) * 2000-06-05 2002-03-28 California Institute Of Technology Integrated active flux microfluidic devices and methods
US20050065735A1 (en) * 2000-06-27 2005-03-24 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic design automation method and system
US7161736B2 (en) * 2000-08-16 2007-01-09 California Institute Of Technology Solid immersion lens structures and methods for producing solid immersion lens structures
US20020028504A1 (en) * 2000-08-25 2002-03-07 Maccaskill John Simpson Configurable microreactor network
US20090035838A1 (en) * 2000-09-15 2009-02-05 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated Crossflow Devices and Methods
US6508988B1 (en) * 2000-10-03 2003-01-21 California Institute Of Technology Combinatorial synthesis system
US20080050283A1 (en) * 2000-10-03 2008-02-28 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic devices and methods of use
US20030008308A1 (en) * 2001-04-06 2003-01-09 California Institute Of Technology Nucleic acid amplification utilizing microfluidic devices
US6677131B2 (en) * 2001-05-14 2004-01-13 Corning Incorporated Well frame including connectors for biological fluids
US6847153B1 (en) * 2001-06-13 2005-01-25 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy Polyurethane electrostriction
US6689473B2 (en) * 2001-07-17 2004-02-10 Surmodics, Inc. Self assembling monolayer compositions
US6866785B2 (en) * 2001-08-13 2005-03-15 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Photopolymerized sol-gel column and associated methods
US7192629B2 (en) * 2001-10-11 2007-03-20 California Institute Of Technology Devices utilizing self-assembled gel and method of manufacture
US20070004033A1 (en) * 2001-11-30 2007-01-04 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic device and methods of using same
US20080029169A1 (en) * 2002-09-25 2008-02-07 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic large scale integration
US20050053952A1 (en) * 2002-10-02 2005-03-10 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic nucleic acid analysis
US7476363B2 (en) * 2003-04-03 2009-01-13 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic devices and methods of using same
US7666361B2 (en) * 2003-04-03 2010-02-23 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic devices and methods of using same
US20050037471A1 (en) * 2003-08-11 2005-02-17 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic rotary flow reactor matrix
US20090018195A1 (en) * 2004-01-16 2009-01-15 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic chemostat
US20080075380A1 (en) * 2006-09-13 2008-03-27 Fluidigm Corporation Methods and systems for image processing of microfluidic devices

Cited By (117)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8388822B2 (en) 1996-09-25 2013-03-05 California Institute Of Technology Method and apparatus for analysis and sorting of polynucleotides based on size
US9383337B2 (en) 1996-09-25 2016-07-05 California Institute Of Technology Method and apparatus for analysis and sorting of polynucleotides based on size
US20110229872A1 (en) * 1997-09-23 2011-09-22 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated Cell Sorter
US8691010B2 (en) 1999-06-28 2014-04-08 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic protein crystallography
US8124218B2 (en) 1999-06-28 2012-02-28 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated elastomeric valve and pump systems
US8695640B2 (en) 1999-06-28 2014-04-15 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated elastomeric valve and pump systems
US20080210319A1 (en) * 1999-06-28 2008-09-04 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated elastomeric valve and pump systems
US8709153B2 (en) 1999-06-28 2014-04-29 California Institute Of Technology Microfludic protein crystallography techniques
US8846183B2 (en) 1999-06-28 2014-09-30 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated elastomeric valve and pump systems
US8104515B2 (en) 1999-06-28 2012-01-31 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated elastomeric valve and pump systems
US20100187105A1 (en) * 1999-06-28 2010-07-29 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated Elastomeric Valve And Pump Systems
US8220487B2 (en) 1999-06-28 2012-07-17 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated elastomeric valve and pump systems
US20100175767A1 (en) * 1999-06-28 2010-07-15 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated Elastomeric Valve and Pump Systems
US9623413B2 (en) 2000-04-05 2017-04-18 Fluidigm Corporation Integrated chip carriers with thermocycler interfaces and methods of using the same
US8257666B2 (en) 2000-06-05 2012-09-04 California Institute Of Technology Integrated active flux microfluidic devices and methods
US9926521B2 (en) 2000-06-27 2018-03-27 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic particle-analysis systems
US8592215B2 (en) 2000-09-15 2013-11-26 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated crossflow devices and methods
US8445210B2 (en) 2000-09-15 2013-05-21 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated crossflow devices and methods
US8658367B2 (en) 2000-09-15 2014-02-25 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated crossflow devices and methods
US8658368B2 (en) 2000-09-15 2014-02-25 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated crossflow devices and methods
US8273574B2 (en) 2000-11-16 2012-09-25 California Institute Of Technology Apparatus and methods for conducting assays and high throughput screening
US8673645B2 (en) 2000-11-16 2014-03-18 California Institute Of Technology Apparatus and methods for conducting assays and high throughput screening
US20110151498A1 (en) * 2000-11-16 2011-06-23 California Institute Of Technology Apparatus and methods for conducting assays and high throughput screening
US10509018B2 (en) 2000-11-16 2019-12-17 California Institute Of Technology Apparatus and methods for conducting assays and high throughput screening
US9176137B2 (en) 2000-11-16 2015-11-03 California Institute Of Technology Apparatus and methods for conducting assays and high throughput screening
US8455258B2 (en) 2000-11-16 2013-06-04 California Insitute Of Technology Apparatus and methods for conducting assays and high throughput screening
US20100263732A1 (en) * 2001-04-06 2010-10-21 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic Free Interface Diffusion Techniques
US9643136B2 (en) 2001-04-06 2017-05-09 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic free interface diffusion techniques
US8021480B2 (en) 2001-04-06 2011-09-20 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic free interface diffusion techniques
US20070209574A1 (en) * 2001-04-06 2007-09-13 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic protein crystallography techniques
US8052792B2 (en) 2001-04-06 2011-11-08 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic protein crystallography techniques
US8709152B2 (en) 2001-04-06 2014-04-29 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic free interface diffusion techniques
US8163492B2 (en) 2001-11-30 2012-04-24 Fluidign Corporation Microfluidic device and methods of using same
US9643178B2 (en) 2001-11-30 2017-05-09 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic device with reaction sites configured for blind filling
US8343442B2 (en) 2001-11-30 2013-01-01 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic device and methods of using same
US8658418B2 (en) 2002-04-01 2014-02-25 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic particle-analysis systems
US20050072946A1 (en) * 2002-09-25 2005-04-07 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic large scale integration
US8220494B2 (en) 2002-09-25 2012-07-17 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic large scale integration
US9714443B2 (en) 2002-09-25 2017-07-25 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated structure having parallel and orthogonal flow channels controlled by row and column multiplexors
US9579650B2 (en) 2002-10-02 2017-02-28 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic nucleic acid analysis
US10940473B2 (en) 2002-10-02 2021-03-09 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic nucleic acid analysis
US20050053952A1 (en) * 2002-10-02 2005-03-10 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic nucleic acid analysis
US8871446B2 (en) 2002-10-02 2014-10-28 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic nucleic acid analysis
US10328428B2 (en) 2002-10-02 2019-06-25 California Institute Of Technology Apparatus for preparing cDNA libraries from single cells
US10131934B2 (en) 2003-04-03 2018-11-20 Fluidigm Corporation Thermal reaction device and method for using the same
US8247178B2 (en) 2003-04-03 2012-08-21 Fluidigm Corporation Thermal reaction device and method for using the same
US9150913B2 (en) 2003-04-03 2015-10-06 Fluidigm Corporation Thermal reaction device and method for using the same
US8367016B2 (en) 2003-05-20 2013-02-05 Fluidigm Corporation Method and system for microfluidic device and imaging thereof
US8808640B2 (en) 2003-05-20 2014-08-19 Fluidigm Corporation Method and system for microfluidic device and imaging thereof
US8105550B2 (en) 2003-05-20 2012-01-31 Fluidigm Corporation Method and system for microfluidic device and imaging thereof
US8282896B2 (en) 2003-11-26 2012-10-09 Fluidigm Corporation Devices and methods for holding microfluidic devices
US20100183481A1 (en) * 2003-11-26 2010-07-22 Fluidigm Corporation Devices And Methods For Holding Microfluidic Devices
US8426159B2 (en) 2004-01-16 2013-04-23 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic chemostat
US9340765B2 (en) 2004-01-16 2016-05-17 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic chemostat
US8105824B2 (en) 2004-01-25 2012-01-31 Fluidigm Corporation Integrated chip carriers with thermocycler interfaces and methods of using the same
US9234237B2 (en) 2004-06-07 2016-01-12 Fluidigm Corporation Optical lens system and method for microfluidic devices
US8512640B2 (en) 2004-06-07 2013-08-20 Fluidigm Corporation Optical lens system and method for microfluidic devices
US20100320364A1 (en) * 2004-06-07 2010-12-23 Fluidigm Corporation Optical lens system and method for microfluidic devices
US8048378B2 (en) 2004-06-07 2011-11-01 Fluidigm Corporation Optical lens system and method for microfluidic devices
US10745748B2 (en) 2004-06-07 2020-08-18 Fluidigm Corporation Optical lens system and method for microfluidic devices
US8721968B2 (en) 2004-06-07 2014-05-13 Fluidigm Corporation Optical lens system and method for microfluidic devices
US10106846B2 (en) 2004-06-07 2018-10-23 Fluidigm Corporation Optical lens system and method for microfluidic devices
US9663821B2 (en) 2004-06-07 2017-05-30 Fluidigm Corporation Optical lens system and method for microfluidic devices
US8926905B2 (en) 2004-06-07 2015-01-06 Fluidigm Corporation Optical lens system and method for microfluidic devices
US8932461B2 (en) 2004-12-03 2015-01-13 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic sieve valves
US20080264863A1 (en) * 2004-12-03 2008-10-30 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic Sieve Valves
US8206593B2 (en) 2004-12-03 2012-06-26 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic chemical reaction circuits
US20080281090A1 (en) * 2004-12-03 2008-11-13 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic Chemical Reaction Circuits
US9316331B2 (en) 2005-01-25 2016-04-19 Fluidigm Corporation Multilevel microfluidic systems and methods
US8828663B2 (en) 2005-03-18 2014-09-09 Fluidigm Corporation Thermal reaction device and method for using the same
US8874273B2 (en) 2005-04-20 2014-10-28 Fluidigm Corporation Analysis engine and database for manipulating parameters for fluidic systems on a chip
US20100197522A1 (en) * 2005-08-30 2010-08-05 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic Chaotic Mixing Systems And Methods
US9103825B2 (en) 2005-09-13 2015-08-11 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic assay devices and methods
US20110020918A1 (en) * 2005-09-13 2011-01-27 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic Assay Devices And Methods
US9329179B2 (en) * 2006-01-26 2016-05-03 California Institute Of Technology Mechanically induced trapping of molecular interactions
US8039269B2 (en) * 2006-01-26 2011-10-18 California Institute Of Technology Mechanically induced trapping of molecular interactions
US20070224617A1 (en) * 2006-01-26 2007-09-27 California Institute Of Technology Mechanically induced trapping of molecular interactions
US8420017B2 (en) 2006-02-28 2013-04-16 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic reaction apparatus for high throughput screening
US20100024888A1 (en) * 2006-03-27 2010-02-04 Xiaosheng Guan Fluidic flow merging apparatus
US8540416B2 (en) * 2006-03-27 2013-09-24 Capitalbio Corporation Fluidic flow merging apparatus
US20080108063A1 (en) * 2006-04-24 2008-05-08 Fluidigm Corporation Assay Methods
US9090934B2 (en) 2006-04-24 2015-07-28 Fluidigm Corporation Methods for detection and quantification of nucleic acid or protein targets in a sample
US9644235B2 (en) 2006-04-24 2017-05-09 Fluidigm Corporation Methods for detection and quantification of nucleic acid or protein targets in a sample
US8828661B2 (en) 2006-04-24 2014-09-09 Fluidigm Corporation Methods for detection and quantification of nucleic acid or protein targets in a sample
US8600168B2 (en) 2006-09-13 2013-12-03 Fluidigm Corporation Methods and systems for image processing of microfluidic devices
US8849037B2 (en) 2006-09-13 2014-09-30 Fluidigm Corporation Methods and systems for image processing of microfluidic devices
US20080129736A1 (en) * 2006-11-30 2008-06-05 Fluidigm Corporation Method and apparatus for biological sample analysis
US8473216B2 (en) 2006-11-30 2013-06-25 Fluidigm Corporation Method and program for performing baseline correction of amplification curves in a PCR experiment
US8157434B2 (en) 2007-01-19 2012-04-17 Fluidigm Corporation High efficiency and high precision microfluidic devices and methods
US20080223721A1 (en) * 2007-01-19 2008-09-18 Fluidigm Corporation High Efficiency and High Precision Microfluidic Devices and Methods
US8591834B2 (en) 2007-01-19 2013-11-26 Fluidigm Corporation High efficiency and high precision microfluidic devices and methods
US20090069194A1 (en) * 2007-09-07 2009-03-12 Fluidigm Corporation Copy number variation determination, methods and systems
US8450065B2 (en) 2007-09-07 2013-05-28 Fluidigm Corporation Copy number variation determination, methods and systems
US8148078B2 (en) 2007-09-07 2012-04-03 Fluidigm Corporation Copy number variation determination, methods and systems
US9157116B2 (en) 2008-02-08 2015-10-13 Fluidigm Corporation Combinatorial amplification and detection of nucleic acids
US8616227B1 (en) 2008-04-11 2013-12-31 Fluidigm Corporation Multilevel microfluidic systems and methods
US8475743B2 (en) 2008-04-11 2013-07-02 Fluidigm Corporation Multilevel microfluidic systems and methods
US9579830B2 (en) 2008-07-25 2017-02-28 Fluidigm Corporation Method and system for manufacturing integrated fluidic chips
US8617488B2 (en) 2008-08-07 2013-12-31 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic mixing and reaction systems for high efficiency screening
US9182322B2 (en) 2008-08-07 2015-11-10 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic mixing and reaction systems for high efficiency screening
US20100230613A1 (en) * 2009-01-16 2010-09-16 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic devices and methods
US8389960B2 (en) 2009-01-16 2013-03-05 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic devices and methods
US8058630B2 (en) 2009-01-16 2011-11-15 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic devices and methods
US9383295B2 (en) 2009-01-16 2016-07-05 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic devices and methods
US20110126910A1 (en) * 2009-07-23 2011-06-02 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic devices and methods for binary mixing
US8551787B2 (en) 2009-07-23 2013-10-08 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic devices and methods for binary mixing
US9039997B2 (en) 2009-10-02 2015-05-26 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic devices with removable cover and methods of fabrication and application
US9498776B2 (en) 2009-10-02 2016-11-22 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic devices with removable cover and methods of fabrication and application
US9353406B2 (en) 2010-10-22 2016-05-31 Fluidigm Corporation Universal probe assay methods
US10226770B2 (en) 2011-03-24 2019-03-12 Fluidigm Corporation System for thermal cycling of microfluidic samples
US9168531B2 (en) 2011-03-24 2015-10-27 Fluidigm Corporation Method for thermal cycling of microfluidic samples
US8809238B2 (en) 2011-05-09 2014-08-19 Fluidigm Corporation Probe based nucleic acid detection
US9587272B2 (en) 2011-05-09 2017-03-07 Fluidigm Corporation Probe based nucleic acid detection
US9644231B2 (en) 2011-05-09 2017-05-09 Fluidigm Corporation Nucleic acid detection using probes
US10052631B2 (en) 2013-03-05 2018-08-21 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Microfluidic devices for the rapid and automated processing of sample populations
US11192109B2 (en) 2013-03-05 2021-12-07 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Microfluidic devices for the rapid and automated processing of sample populations
WO2016059619A2 (en) 2014-10-17 2016-04-21 Ecole Polytechnique Federale De Lausanne (Epfl) Microfluidic device and method for isolation of nucleic acids

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US7143785B2 (en) 2006-12-05
AU2003282875A1 (en) 2004-04-19
EP2213615A2 (en) 2010-08-04
US20080029169A1 (en) 2008-02-07
WO2004028955A2 (en) 2004-04-08
US20040112442A1 (en) 2004-06-17
EP2213615A3 (en) 2012-02-29
EP1551753A2 (en) 2005-07-13
CA2500283A1 (en) 2004-04-08
US9714443B2 (en) 2017-07-25
EP2298448A2 (en) 2011-03-23
EP2298448A3 (en) 2012-05-30
WO2004028955A3 (en) 2005-05-12
US20140065653A1 (en) 2014-03-06
JP2006501056A (en) 2006-01-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9714443B2 (en) Microfabricated structure having parallel and orthogonal flow channels controlled by row and column multiplexors
US8220494B2 (en) Microfluidic large scale integration
US7964139B2 (en) Microfluidic rotary flow reactor matrix
US7040338B2 (en) Microfabricated elastomeric valve and pump systems
US9643136B2 (en) Microfluidic free interface diffusion techniques
US6929030B2 (en) Microfabricated elastomeric valve and pump systems
EP1664601B1 (en) Microfluidic large scale integration
EP1557565B1 (en) Microfabricated elastomeric valve and pump systems
CA2767084C (en) Microfabricated elastomeric valve and pump systems

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION